]> git.saurik.com Git - bison.git/blob - doc/bison.texinfo
* ChangeLog: For changes in doc/bison.texinfo, consistently reference
[bison.git] / doc / bison.texinfo
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment %**start of header
3 @setfilename bison.info
4 @include version.texi
5 @settitle Bison @value{VERSION}
6 @setchapternewpage odd
7
8 @finalout
9
10 @c SMALL BOOK version
11 @c This edition has been formatted so that you can format and print it in
12 @c the smallbook format.
13 @c @smallbook
14
15 @c Set following if you want to document %default-prec and %no-default-prec.
16 @c This feature is experimental and may change in future Bison versions.
17 @c @set defaultprec
18
19 @ifnotinfo
20 @syncodeindex fn cp
21 @syncodeindex vr cp
22 @syncodeindex tp cp
23 @end ifnotinfo
24 @ifinfo
25 @synindex fn cp
26 @synindex vr cp
27 @synindex tp cp
28 @end ifinfo
29 @comment %**end of header
30
31 @copying
32
33 This manual is for @acronym{GNU} Bison (version @value{VERSION},
34 @value{UPDATED}), the @acronym{GNU} parser generator.
35
36 Copyright @copyright{} 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1995, 1998,
37 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
38
39 @quotation
40 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
41 under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License,
42 Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software
43 Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover texts
44 being ``A @acronym{GNU} Manual,'' and with the Back-Cover Texts as in
45 (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
46 ``@acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License.''
47
48 (a) The @acronym{FSF}'s Back-Cover Text is: ``You have freedom to copy
49 and modify this @acronym{GNU} Manual, like @acronym{GNU} software.
50 Copies published by the Free Software Foundation raise funds for
51 @acronym{GNU} development.''
52 @end quotation
53 @end copying
54
55 @dircategory Software development
56 @direntry
57 * bison: (bison). @acronym{GNU} parser generator (Yacc replacement).
58 @end direntry
59
60 @titlepage
61 @title Bison
62 @subtitle The Yacc-compatible Parser Generator
63 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}, Bison Version @value{VERSION}
64
65 @author by Charles Donnelly and Richard Stallman
66
67 @page
68 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
69 @insertcopying
70 @sp 2
71 Published by the Free Software Foundation @*
72 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor @*
73 Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA @*
74 Printed copies are available from the Free Software Foundation.@*
75 @acronym{ISBN} 1-882114-44-2
76 @sp 2
77 Cover art by Etienne Suvasa.
78 @end titlepage
79
80 @contents
81
82 @ifnottex
83 @node Top
84 @top Bison
85 @insertcopying
86 @end ifnottex
87
88 @menu
89 * Introduction::
90 * Conditions::
91 * Copying:: The @acronym{GNU} General Public License says
92 how you can copy and share Bison
93
94 Tutorial sections:
95 * Concepts:: Basic concepts for understanding Bison.
96 * Examples:: Three simple explained examples of using Bison.
97
98 Reference sections:
99 * Grammar File:: Writing Bison declarations and rules.
100 * Interface:: C-language interface to the parser function @code{yyparse}.
101 * Algorithm:: How the Bison parser works at run-time.
102 * Error Recovery:: Writing rules for error recovery.
103 * Context Dependency:: What to do if your language syntax is too
104 messy for Bison to handle straightforwardly.
105 * Debugging:: Understanding or debugging Bison parsers.
106 * Invocation:: How to run Bison (to produce the parser source file).
107 * C++ Language Interface:: Creating C++ parser objects.
108 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
109 * Table of Symbols:: All the keywords of the Bison language are explained.
110 * Glossary:: Basic concepts are explained.
111 * Copying This Manual:: License for copying this manual.
112 * Index:: Cross-references to the text.
113
114 @detailmenu
115 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
116
117 The Concepts of Bison
118
119 * Language and Grammar:: Languages and context-free grammars,
120 as mathematical ideas.
121 * Grammar in Bison:: How we represent grammars for Bison's sake.
122 * Semantic Values:: Each token or syntactic grouping can have
123 a semantic value (the value of an integer,
124 the name of an identifier, etc.).
125 * Semantic Actions:: Each rule can have an action containing C code.
126 * GLR Parsers:: Writing parsers for general context-free languages.
127 * Locations Overview:: Tracking Locations.
128 * Bison Parser:: What are Bison's input and output,
129 how is the output used?
130 * Stages:: Stages in writing and running Bison grammars.
131 * Grammar Layout:: Overall structure of a Bison grammar file.
132
133 Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers
134
135 * Simple GLR Parsers:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers on unambiguous grammars.
136 * Merging GLR Parses:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers to resolve ambiguities.
137 * GLR Semantic Actions:: Deferred semantic actions have special concerns.
138 * Compiler Requirements:: @acronym{GLR} parsers require a modern C compiler.
139
140 Examples
141
142 * RPN Calc:: Reverse polish notation calculator;
143 a first example with no operator precedence.
144 * Infix Calc:: Infix (algebraic) notation calculator.
145 Operator precedence is introduced.
146 * Simple Error Recovery:: Continuing after syntax errors.
147 * Location Tracking Calc:: Demonstrating the use of @@@var{n} and @@$.
148 * Multi-function Calc:: Calculator with memory and trig functions.
149 It uses multiple data-types for semantic values.
150 * Exercises:: Ideas for improving the multi-function calculator.
151
152 Reverse Polish Notation Calculator
153
154 * Decls: Rpcalc Decls. Prologue (declarations) for rpcalc.
155 * Rules: Rpcalc Rules. Grammar Rules for rpcalc, with explanation.
156 * Lexer: Rpcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
157 * Main: Rpcalc Main. The controlling function.
158 * Error: Rpcalc Error. The error reporting function.
159 * Gen: Rpcalc Gen. Running Bison on the grammar file.
160 * Comp: Rpcalc Compile. Run the C compiler on the output code.
161
162 Grammar Rules for @code{rpcalc}
163
164 * Rpcalc Input::
165 * Rpcalc Line::
166 * Rpcalc Expr::
167
168 Location Tracking Calculator: @code{ltcalc}
169
170 * Decls: Ltcalc Decls. Bison and C declarations for ltcalc.
171 * Rules: Ltcalc Rules. Grammar rules for ltcalc, with explanations.
172 * Lexer: Ltcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
173
174 Multi-Function Calculator: @code{mfcalc}
175
176 * Decl: Mfcalc Decl. Bison declarations for multi-function calculator.
177 * Rules: Mfcalc Rules. Grammar rules for the calculator.
178 * Symtab: Mfcalc Symtab. Symbol table management subroutines.
179
180 Bison Grammar Files
181
182 * Grammar Outline:: Overall layout of the grammar file.
183 * Symbols:: Terminal and nonterminal symbols.
184 * Rules:: How to write grammar rules.
185 * Recursion:: Writing recursive rules.
186 * Semantics:: Semantic values and actions.
187 * Locations:: Locations and actions.
188 * Declarations:: All kinds of Bison declarations are described here.
189 * Multiple Parsers:: Putting more than one Bison parser in one program.
190
191 Outline of a Bison Grammar
192
193 * Prologue:: Syntax and usage of the prologue.
194 * Prologue Alternatives:: Syntax and usage of alternatives to the prologue.
195 * Bison Declarations:: Syntax and usage of the Bison declarations section.
196 * Grammar Rules:: Syntax and usage of the grammar rules section.
197 * Epilogue:: Syntax and usage of the epilogue.
198
199 Defining Language Semantics
200
201 * Value Type:: Specifying one data type for all semantic values.
202 * Multiple Types:: Specifying several alternative data types.
203 * Actions:: An action is the semantic definition of a grammar rule.
204 * Action Types:: Specifying data types for actions to operate on.
205 * Mid-Rule Actions:: Most actions go at the end of a rule.
206 This says when, why and how to use the exceptional
207 action in the middle of a rule.
208
209 Tracking Locations
210
211 * Location Type:: Specifying a data type for locations.
212 * Actions and Locations:: Using locations in actions.
213 * Location Default Action:: Defining a general way to compute locations.
214
215 Bison Declarations
216
217 * Require Decl:: Requiring a Bison version.
218 * Token Decl:: Declaring terminal symbols.
219 * Precedence Decl:: Declaring terminals with precedence and associativity.
220 * Union Decl:: Declaring the set of all semantic value types.
221 * Type Decl:: Declaring the choice of type for a nonterminal symbol.
222 * Initial Action Decl:: Code run before parsing starts.
223 * Destructor Decl:: Declaring how symbols are freed.
224 * Expect Decl:: Suppressing warnings about parsing conflicts.
225 * Start Decl:: Specifying the start symbol.
226 * Pure Decl:: Requesting a reentrant parser.
227 * Decl Summary:: Table of all Bison declarations.
228
229 Parser C-Language Interface
230
231 * Parser Function:: How to call @code{yyparse} and what it returns.
232 * Lexical:: You must supply a function @code{yylex}
233 which reads tokens.
234 * Error Reporting:: You must supply a function @code{yyerror}.
235 * Action Features:: Special features for use in actions.
236 * Internationalization:: How to let the parser speak in the user's
237 native language.
238
239 The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}
240
241 * Calling Convention:: How @code{yyparse} calls @code{yylex}.
242 * Token Values:: How @code{yylex} must return the semantic value
243 of the token it has read.
244 * Token Locations:: How @code{yylex} must return the text location
245 (line number, etc.) of the token, if the
246 actions want that.
247 * Pure Calling:: How the calling convention differs
248 in a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}).
249
250 The Bison Parser Algorithm
251
252 * Lookahead:: Parser looks one token ahead when deciding what to do.
253 * Shift/Reduce:: Conflicts: when either shifting or reduction is valid.
254 * Precedence:: Operator precedence works by resolving conflicts.
255 * Contextual Precedence:: When an operator's precedence depends on context.
256 * Parser States:: The parser is a finite-state-machine with stack.
257 * Reduce/Reduce:: When two rules are applicable in the same situation.
258 * Mystery Conflicts:: Reduce/reduce conflicts that look unjustified.
259 * Generalized LR Parsing:: Parsing arbitrary context-free grammars.
260 * Memory Management:: What happens when memory is exhausted. How to avoid it.
261
262 Operator Precedence
263
264 * Why Precedence:: An example showing why precedence is needed.
265 * Using Precedence:: How to specify precedence in Bison grammars.
266 * Precedence Examples:: How these features are used in the previous example.
267 * How Precedence:: How they work.
268
269 Handling Context Dependencies
270
271 * Semantic Tokens:: Token parsing can depend on the semantic context.
272 * Lexical Tie-ins:: Token parsing can depend on the syntactic context.
273 * Tie-in Recovery:: Lexical tie-ins have implications for how
274 error recovery rules must be written.
275
276 Debugging Your Parser
277
278 * Understanding:: Understanding the structure of your parser.
279 * Tracing:: Tracing the execution of your parser.
280
281 Invoking Bison
282
283 * Bison Options:: All the options described in detail,
284 in alphabetical order by short options.
285 * Option Cross Key:: Alphabetical list of long options.
286 * Yacc Library:: Yacc-compatible @code{yylex} and @code{main}.
287
288 C++ Language Interface
289
290 * C++ Parsers:: The interface to generate C++ parser classes
291 * A Complete C++ Example:: Demonstrating their use
292
293 C++ Parsers
294
295 * C++ Bison Interface:: Asking for C++ parser generation
296 * C++ Semantic Values:: %union vs. C++
297 * C++ Location Values:: The position and location classes
298 * C++ Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
299 * C++ Scanner Interface:: Exchanges between yylex and parse
300
301 A Complete C++ Example
302
303 * Calc++ --- C++ Calculator:: The specifications
304 * Calc++ Parsing Driver:: An active parsing context
305 * Calc++ Parser:: A parser class
306 * Calc++ Scanner:: A pure C++ Flex scanner
307 * Calc++ Top Level:: Conducting the band
308
309 Frequently Asked Questions
310
311 * Memory Exhausted:: Breaking the Stack Limits
312 * How Can I Reset the Parser:: @code{yyparse} Keeps some State
313 * Strings are Destroyed:: @code{yylval} Loses Track of Strings
314 * Implementing Gotos/Loops:: Control Flow in the Calculator
315 * Multiple start-symbols:: Factoring closely related grammars
316 * Secure? Conform?:: Is Bison @acronym{POSIX} safe?
317 * I can't build Bison:: Troubleshooting
318 * Where can I find help?:: Troubleshouting
319 * Bug Reports:: Troublereporting
320 * Other Languages:: Parsers in Java and others
321 * Beta Testing:: Experimenting development versions
322 * Mailing Lists:: Meeting other Bison users
323
324 Copying This Manual
325
326 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
327
328 @end detailmenu
329 @end menu
330
331 @node Introduction
332 @unnumbered Introduction
333 @cindex introduction
334
335 @dfn{Bison} is a general-purpose parser generator that converts an
336 annotated context-free grammar into an @acronym{LALR}(1) or
337 @acronym{GLR} parser for that grammar. Once you are proficient with
338 Bison, you can use it to develop a wide range of language parsers, from those
339 used in simple desk calculators to complex programming languages.
340
341 Bison is upward compatible with Yacc: all properly-written Yacc grammars
342 ought to work with Bison with no change. Anyone familiar with Yacc
343 should be able to use Bison with little trouble. You need to be fluent in
344 C or C++ programming in order to use Bison or to understand this manual.
345
346 We begin with tutorial chapters that explain the basic concepts of using
347 Bison and show three explained examples, each building on the last. If you
348 don't know Bison or Yacc, start by reading these chapters. Reference
349 chapters follow which describe specific aspects of Bison in detail.
350
351 Bison was written primarily by Robert Corbett; Richard Stallman made it
352 Yacc-compatible. Wilfred Hansen of Carnegie Mellon University added
353 multi-character string literals and other features.
354
355 This edition corresponds to version @value{VERSION} of Bison.
356
357 @node Conditions
358 @unnumbered Conditions for Using Bison
359
360 The distribution terms for Bison-generated parsers permit using the
361 parsers in nonfree programs. Before Bison version 2.2, these extra
362 permissions applied only when Bison was generating @acronym{LALR}(1)
363 parsers in C@. And before Bison version 1.24, Bison-generated
364 parsers could be used only in programs that were free software.
365
366 The other @acronym{GNU} programming tools, such as the @acronym{GNU} C
367 compiler, have never
368 had such a requirement. They could always be used for nonfree
369 software. The reason Bison was different was not due to a special
370 policy decision; it resulted from applying the usual General Public
371 License to all of the Bison source code.
372
373 The output of the Bison utility---the Bison parser file---contains a
374 verbatim copy of a sizable piece of Bison, which is the code for the
375 parser's implementation. (The actions from your grammar are inserted
376 into this implementation at one point, but most of the rest of the
377 implementation is not changed.) When we applied the @acronym{GPL}
378 terms to the skeleton code for the parser's implementation,
379 the effect was to restrict the use of Bison output to free software.
380
381 We didn't change the terms because of sympathy for people who want to
382 make software proprietary. @strong{Software should be free.} But we
383 concluded that limiting Bison's use to free software was doing little to
384 encourage people to make other software free. So we decided to make the
385 practical conditions for using Bison match the practical conditions for
386 using the other @acronym{GNU} tools.
387
388 This exception applies when Bison is generating code for a parser.
389 You can tell whether the exception applies to a Bison output file by
390 inspecting the file for text beginning with ``As a special
391 exception@dots{}''. The text spells out the exact terms of the
392 exception.
393
394 @include gpl.texi
395
396 @node Concepts
397 @chapter The Concepts of Bison
398
399 This chapter introduces many of the basic concepts without which the
400 details of Bison will not make sense. If you do not already know how to
401 use Bison or Yacc, we suggest you start by reading this chapter carefully.
402
403 @menu
404 * Language and Grammar:: Languages and context-free grammars,
405 as mathematical ideas.
406 * Grammar in Bison:: How we represent grammars for Bison's sake.
407 * Semantic Values:: Each token or syntactic grouping can have
408 a semantic value (the value of an integer,
409 the name of an identifier, etc.).
410 * Semantic Actions:: Each rule can have an action containing C code.
411 * GLR Parsers:: Writing parsers for general context-free languages.
412 * Locations Overview:: Tracking Locations.
413 * Bison Parser:: What are Bison's input and output,
414 how is the output used?
415 * Stages:: Stages in writing and running Bison grammars.
416 * Grammar Layout:: Overall structure of a Bison grammar file.
417 @end menu
418
419 @node Language and Grammar
420 @section Languages and Context-Free Grammars
421
422 @cindex context-free grammar
423 @cindex grammar, context-free
424 In order for Bison to parse a language, it must be described by a
425 @dfn{context-free grammar}. This means that you specify one or more
426 @dfn{syntactic groupings} and give rules for constructing them from their
427 parts. For example, in the C language, one kind of grouping is called an
428 `expression'. One rule for making an expression might be, ``An expression
429 can be made of a minus sign and another expression''. Another would be,
430 ``An expression can be an integer''. As you can see, rules are often
431 recursive, but there must be at least one rule which leads out of the
432 recursion.
433
434 @cindex @acronym{BNF}
435 @cindex Backus-Naur form
436 The most common formal system for presenting such rules for humans to read
437 is @dfn{Backus-Naur Form} or ``@acronym{BNF}'', which was developed in
438 order to specify the language Algol 60. Any grammar expressed in
439 @acronym{BNF} is a context-free grammar. The input to Bison is
440 essentially machine-readable @acronym{BNF}.
441
442 @cindex @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars
443 @cindex @acronym{LR}(1) grammars
444 There are various important subclasses of context-free grammar. Although it
445 can handle almost all context-free grammars, Bison is optimized for what
446 are called @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars.
447 In brief, in these grammars, it must be possible to
448 tell how to parse any portion of an input string with just a single
449 token of lookahead. Strictly speaking, that is a description of an
450 @acronym{LR}(1) grammar, and @acronym{LALR}(1) involves additional
451 restrictions that are
452 hard to explain simply; but it is rare in actual practice to find an
453 @acronym{LR}(1) grammar that fails to be @acronym{LALR}(1).
454 @xref{Mystery Conflicts, ,Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts}, for
455 more information on this.
456
457 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
458 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
459 @cindex ambiguous grammars
460 @cindex nondeterministic parsing
461
462 Parsers for @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars are @dfn{deterministic}, meaning
463 roughly that the next grammar rule to apply at any point in the input is
464 uniquely determined by the preceding input and a fixed, finite portion
465 (called a @dfn{lookahead}) of the remaining input. A context-free
466 grammar can be @dfn{ambiguous}, meaning that there are multiple ways to
467 apply the grammar rules to get the same inputs. Even unambiguous
468 grammars can be @dfn{nondeterministic}, meaning that no fixed
469 lookahead always suffices to determine the next grammar rule to apply.
470 With the proper declarations, Bison is also able to parse these more
471 general context-free grammars, using a technique known as @acronym{GLR}
472 parsing (for Generalized @acronym{LR}). Bison's @acronym{GLR} parsers
473 are able to handle any context-free grammar for which the number of
474 possible parses of any given string is finite.
475
476 @cindex symbols (abstract)
477 @cindex token
478 @cindex syntactic grouping
479 @cindex grouping, syntactic
480 In the formal grammatical rules for a language, each kind of syntactic
481 unit or grouping is named by a @dfn{symbol}. Those which are built by
482 grouping smaller constructs according to grammatical rules are called
483 @dfn{nonterminal symbols}; those which can't be subdivided are called
484 @dfn{terminal symbols} or @dfn{token types}. We call a piece of input
485 corresponding to a single terminal symbol a @dfn{token}, and a piece
486 corresponding to a single nonterminal symbol a @dfn{grouping}.
487
488 We can use the C language as an example of what symbols, terminal and
489 nonterminal, mean. The tokens of C are identifiers, constants (numeric
490 and string), and the various keywords, arithmetic operators and
491 punctuation marks. So the terminal symbols of a grammar for C include
492 `identifier', `number', `string', plus one symbol for each keyword,
493 operator or punctuation mark: `if', `return', `const', `static', `int',
494 `char', `plus-sign', `open-brace', `close-brace', `comma' and many more.
495 (These tokens can be subdivided into characters, but that is a matter of
496 lexicography, not grammar.)
497
498 Here is a simple C function subdivided into tokens:
499
500 @ifinfo
501 @example
502 int /* @r{keyword `int'} */
503 square (int x) /* @r{identifier, open-paren, keyword `int',}
504 @r{identifier, close-paren} */
505 @{ /* @r{open-brace} */
506 return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier, asterisk,}
507 @r{identifier, semicolon} */
508 @} /* @r{close-brace} */
509 @end example
510 @end ifinfo
511 @ifnotinfo
512 @example
513 int /* @r{keyword `int'} */
514 square (int x) /* @r{identifier, open-paren, keyword `int', identifier, close-paren} */
515 @{ /* @r{open-brace} */
516 return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier, asterisk, identifier, semicolon} */
517 @} /* @r{close-brace} */
518 @end example
519 @end ifnotinfo
520
521 The syntactic groupings of C include the expression, the statement, the
522 declaration, and the function definition. These are represented in the
523 grammar of C by nonterminal symbols `expression', `statement',
524 `declaration' and `function definition'. The full grammar uses dozens of
525 additional language constructs, each with its own nonterminal symbol, in
526 order to express the meanings of these four. The example above is a
527 function definition; it contains one declaration, and one statement. In
528 the statement, each @samp{x} is an expression and so is @samp{x * x}.
529
530 Each nonterminal symbol must have grammatical rules showing how it is made
531 out of simpler constructs. For example, one kind of C statement is the
532 @code{return} statement; this would be described with a grammar rule which
533 reads informally as follows:
534
535 @quotation
536 A `statement' can be made of a `return' keyword, an `expression' and a
537 `semicolon'.
538 @end quotation
539
540 @noindent
541 There would be many other rules for `statement', one for each kind of
542 statement in C.
543
544 @cindex start symbol
545 One nonterminal symbol must be distinguished as the special one which
546 defines a complete utterance in the language. It is called the @dfn{start
547 symbol}. In a compiler, this means a complete input program. In the C
548 language, the nonterminal symbol `sequence of definitions and declarations'
549 plays this role.
550
551 For example, @samp{1 + 2} is a valid C expression---a valid part of a C
552 program---but it is not valid as an @emph{entire} C program. In the
553 context-free grammar of C, this follows from the fact that `expression' is
554 not the start symbol.
555
556 The Bison parser reads a sequence of tokens as its input, and groups the
557 tokens using the grammar rules. If the input is valid, the end result is
558 that the entire token sequence reduces to a single grouping whose symbol is
559 the grammar's start symbol. If we use a grammar for C, the entire input
560 must be a `sequence of definitions and declarations'. If not, the parser
561 reports a syntax error.
562
563 @node Grammar in Bison
564 @section From Formal Rules to Bison Input
565 @cindex Bison grammar
566 @cindex grammar, Bison
567 @cindex formal grammar
568
569 A formal grammar is a mathematical construct. To define the language
570 for Bison, you must write a file expressing the grammar in Bison syntax:
571 a @dfn{Bison grammar} file. @xref{Grammar File, ,Bison Grammar Files}.
572
573 A nonterminal symbol in the formal grammar is represented in Bison input
574 as an identifier, like an identifier in C@. By convention, it should be
575 in lower case, such as @code{expr}, @code{stmt} or @code{declaration}.
576
577 The Bison representation for a terminal symbol is also called a @dfn{token
578 type}. Token types as well can be represented as C-like identifiers. By
579 convention, these identifiers should be upper case to distinguish them from
580 nonterminals: for example, @code{INTEGER}, @code{IDENTIFIER}, @code{IF} or
581 @code{RETURN}. A terminal symbol that stands for a particular keyword in
582 the language should be named after that keyword converted to upper case.
583 The terminal symbol @code{error} is reserved for error recovery.
584 @xref{Symbols}.
585
586 A terminal symbol can also be represented as a character literal, just like
587 a C character constant. You should do this whenever a token is just a
588 single character (parenthesis, plus-sign, etc.): use that same character in
589 a literal as the terminal symbol for that token.
590
591 A third way to represent a terminal symbol is with a C string constant
592 containing several characters. @xref{Symbols}, for more information.
593
594 The grammar rules also have an expression in Bison syntax. For example,
595 here is the Bison rule for a C @code{return} statement. The semicolon in
596 quotes is a literal character token, representing part of the C syntax for
597 the statement; the naked semicolon, and the colon, are Bison punctuation
598 used in every rule.
599
600 @example
601 stmt: RETURN expr ';'
602 ;
603 @end example
604
605 @noindent
606 @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
607
608 @node Semantic Values
609 @section Semantic Values
610 @cindex semantic value
611 @cindex value, semantic
612
613 A formal grammar selects tokens only by their classifications: for example,
614 if a rule mentions the terminal symbol `integer constant', it means that
615 @emph{any} integer constant is grammatically valid in that position. The
616 precise value of the constant is irrelevant to how to parse the input: if
617 @samp{x+4} is grammatical then @samp{x+1} or @samp{x+3989} is equally
618 grammatical.
619
620 But the precise value is very important for what the input means once it is
621 parsed. A compiler is useless if it fails to distinguish between 4, 1 and
622 3989 as constants in the program! Therefore, each token in a Bison grammar
623 has both a token type and a @dfn{semantic value}. @xref{Semantics,
624 ,Defining Language Semantics},
625 for details.
626
627 The token type is a terminal symbol defined in the grammar, such as
628 @code{INTEGER}, @code{IDENTIFIER} or @code{','}. It tells everything
629 you need to know to decide where the token may validly appear and how to
630 group it with other tokens. The grammar rules know nothing about tokens
631 except their types.
632
633 The semantic value has all the rest of the information about the
634 meaning of the token, such as the value of an integer, or the name of an
635 identifier. (A token such as @code{','} which is just punctuation doesn't
636 need to have any semantic value.)
637
638 For example, an input token might be classified as token type
639 @code{INTEGER} and have the semantic value 4. Another input token might
640 have the same token type @code{INTEGER} but value 3989. When a grammar
641 rule says that @code{INTEGER} is allowed, either of these tokens is
642 acceptable because each is an @code{INTEGER}. When the parser accepts the
643 token, it keeps track of the token's semantic value.
644
645 Each grouping can also have a semantic value as well as its nonterminal
646 symbol. For example, in a calculator, an expression typically has a
647 semantic value that is a number. In a compiler for a programming
648 language, an expression typically has a semantic value that is a tree
649 structure describing the meaning of the expression.
650
651 @node Semantic Actions
652 @section Semantic Actions
653 @cindex semantic actions
654 @cindex actions, semantic
655
656 In order to be useful, a program must do more than parse input; it must
657 also produce some output based on the input. In a Bison grammar, a grammar
658 rule can have an @dfn{action} made up of C statements. Each time the
659 parser recognizes a match for that rule, the action is executed.
660 @xref{Actions}.
661
662 Most of the time, the purpose of an action is to compute the semantic value
663 of the whole construct from the semantic values of its parts. For example,
664 suppose we have a rule which says an expression can be the sum of two
665 expressions. When the parser recognizes such a sum, each of the
666 subexpressions has a semantic value which describes how it was built up.
667 The action for this rule should create a similar sort of value for the
668 newly recognized larger expression.
669
670 For example, here is a rule that says an expression can be the sum of
671 two subexpressions:
672
673 @example
674 expr: expr '+' expr @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
675 ;
676 @end example
677
678 @noindent
679 The action says how to produce the semantic value of the sum expression
680 from the values of the two subexpressions.
681
682 @node GLR Parsers
683 @section Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers
684 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
685 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
686 @findex %glr-parser
687 @cindex conflicts
688 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
689 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
690
691 In some grammars, Bison's standard
692 @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing algorithm cannot decide whether to apply a
693 certain grammar rule at a given point. That is, it may not be able to
694 decide (on the basis of the input read so far) which of two possible
695 reductions (applications of a grammar rule) applies, or whether to apply
696 a reduction or read more of the input and apply a reduction later in the
697 input. These are known respectively as @dfn{reduce/reduce} conflicts
698 (@pxref{Reduce/Reduce}), and @dfn{shift/reduce} conflicts
699 (@pxref{Shift/Reduce}).
700
701 To use a grammar that is not easily modified to be @acronym{LALR}(1), a
702 more general parsing algorithm is sometimes necessary. If you include
703 @code{%glr-parser} among the Bison declarations in your file
704 (@pxref{Grammar Outline}), the result is a Generalized @acronym{LR}
705 (@acronym{GLR}) parser. These parsers handle Bison grammars that
706 contain no unresolved conflicts (i.e., after applying precedence
707 declarations) identically to @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers. However, when
708 faced with unresolved shift/reduce and reduce/reduce conflicts,
709 @acronym{GLR} parsers use the simple expedient of doing both,
710 effectively cloning the parser to follow both possibilities. Each of
711 the resulting parsers can again split, so that at any given time, there
712 can be any number of possible parses being explored. The parsers
713 proceed in lockstep; that is, all of them consume (shift) a given input
714 symbol before any of them proceed to the next. Each of the cloned
715 parsers eventually meets one of two possible fates: either it runs into
716 a parsing error, in which case it simply vanishes, or it merges with
717 another parser, because the two of them have reduced the input to an
718 identical set of symbols.
719
720 During the time that there are multiple parsers, semantic actions are
721 recorded, but not performed. When a parser disappears, its recorded
722 semantic actions disappear as well, and are never performed. When a
723 reduction makes two parsers identical, causing them to merge, Bison
724 records both sets of semantic actions. Whenever the last two parsers
725 merge, reverting to the single-parser case, Bison resolves all the
726 outstanding actions either by precedences given to the grammar rules
727 involved, or by performing both actions, and then calling a designated
728 user-defined function on the resulting values to produce an arbitrary
729 merged result.
730
731 @menu
732 * Simple GLR Parsers:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers on unambiguous grammars.
733 * Merging GLR Parses:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers to resolve ambiguities.
734 * GLR Semantic Actions:: Deferred semantic actions have special concerns.
735 * Compiler Requirements:: @acronym{GLR} parsers require a modern C compiler.
736 @end menu
737
738 @node Simple GLR Parsers
739 @subsection Using @acronym{GLR} on Unambiguous Grammars
740 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing, unambiguous grammars
741 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing, unambiguous grammars
742 @findex %glr-parser
743 @findex %expect-rr
744 @cindex conflicts
745 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
746 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
747
748 In the simplest cases, you can use the @acronym{GLR} algorithm
749 to parse grammars that are unambiguous, but fail to be @acronym{LALR}(1).
750 Such grammars typically require more than one symbol of lookahead,
751 or (in rare cases) fall into the category of grammars in which the
752 @acronym{LALR}(1) algorithm throws away too much information (they are in
753 @acronym{LR}(1), but not @acronym{LALR}(1), @ref{Mystery Conflicts}).
754
755 Consider a problem that
756 arises in the declaration of enumerated and subrange types in the
757 programming language Pascal. Here are some examples:
758
759 @example
760 type subrange = lo .. hi;
761 type enum = (a, b, c);
762 @end example
763
764 @noindent
765 The original language standard allows only numeric
766 literals and constant identifiers for the subrange bounds (@samp{lo}
767 and @samp{hi}), but Extended Pascal (@acronym{ISO}/@acronym{IEC}
768 10206) and many other
769 Pascal implementations allow arbitrary expressions there. This gives
770 rise to the following situation, containing a superfluous pair of
771 parentheses:
772
773 @example
774 type subrange = (a) .. b;
775 @end example
776
777 @noindent
778 Compare this to the following declaration of an enumerated
779 type with only one value:
780
781 @example
782 type enum = (a);
783 @end example
784
785 @noindent
786 (These declarations are contrived, but they are syntactically
787 valid, and more-complicated cases can come up in practical programs.)
788
789 These two declarations look identical until the @samp{..} token.
790 With normal @acronym{LALR}(1) one-token lookahead it is not
791 possible to decide between the two forms when the identifier
792 @samp{a} is parsed. It is, however, desirable
793 for a parser to decide this, since in the latter case
794 @samp{a} must become a new identifier to represent the enumeration
795 value, while in the former case @samp{a} must be evaluated with its
796 current meaning, which may be a constant or even a function call.
797
798 You could parse @samp{(a)} as an ``unspecified identifier in parentheses'',
799 to be resolved later, but this typically requires substantial
800 contortions in both semantic actions and large parts of the
801 grammar, where the parentheses are nested in the recursive rules for
802 expressions.
803
804 You might think of using the lexer to distinguish between the two
805 forms by returning different tokens for currently defined and
806 undefined identifiers. But if these declarations occur in a local
807 scope, and @samp{a} is defined in an outer scope, then both forms
808 are possible---either locally redefining @samp{a}, or using the
809 value of @samp{a} from the outer scope. So this approach cannot
810 work.
811
812 A simple solution to this problem is to declare the parser to
813 use the @acronym{GLR} algorithm.
814 When the @acronym{GLR} parser reaches the critical state, it
815 merely splits into two branches and pursues both syntax rules
816 simultaneously. Sooner or later, one of them runs into a parsing
817 error. If there is a @samp{..} token before the next
818 @samp{;}, the rule for enumerated types fails since it cannot
819 accept @samp{..} anywhere; otherwise, the subrange type rule
820 fails since it requires a @samp{..} token. So one of the branches
821 fails silently, and the other one continues normally, performing
822 all the intermediate actions that were postponed during the split.
823
824 If the input is syntactically incorrect, both branches fail and the parser
825 reports a syntax error as usual.
826
827 The effect of all this is that the parser seems to ``guess'' the
828 correct branch to take, or in other words, it seems to use more
829 lookahead than the underlying @acronym{LALR}(1) algorithm actually allows
830 for. In this example, @acronym{LALR}(2) would suffice, but also some cases
831 that are not @acronym{LALR}(@math{k}) for any @math{k} can be handled this way.
832
833 In general, a @acronym{GLR} parser can take quadratic or cubic worst-case time,
834 and the current Bison parser even takes exponential time and space
835 for some grammars. In practice, this rarely happens, and for many
836 grammars it is possible to prove that it cannot happen.
837 The present example contains only one conflict between two
838 rules, and the type-declaration context containing the conflict
839 cannot be nested. So the number of
840 branches that can exist at any time is limited by the constant 2,
841 and the parsing time is still linear.
842
843 Here is a Bison grammar corresponding to the example above. It
844 parses a vastly simplified form of Pascal type declarations.
845
846 @example
847 %token TYPE DOTDOT ID
848
849 @group
850 %left '+' '-'
851 %left '*' '/'
852 @end group
853
854 %%
855
856 @group
857 type_decl : TYPE ID '=' type ';'
858 ;
859 @end group
860
861 @group
862 type : '(' id_list ')'
863 | expr DOTDOT expr
864 ;
865 @end group
866
867 @group
868 id_list : ID
869 | id_list ',' ID
870 ;
871 @end group
872
873 @group
874 expr : '(' expr ')'
875 | expr '+' expr
876 | expr '-' expr
877 | expr '*' expr
878 | expr '/' expr
879 | ID
880 ;
881 @end group
882 @end example
883
884 When used as a normal @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar, Bison correctly complains
885 about one reduce/reduce conflict. In the conflicting situation the
886 parser chooses one of the alternatives, arbitrarily the one
887 declared first. Therefore the following correct input is not
888 recognized:
889
890 @example
891 type t = (a) .. b;
892 @end example
893
894 The parser can be turned into a @acronym{GLR} parser, while also telling Bison
895 to be silent about the one known reduce/reduce conflict, by
896 adding these two declarations to the Bison input file (before the first
897 @samp{%%}):
898
899 @example
900 %glr-parser
901 %expect-rr 1
902 @end example
903
904 @noindent
905 No change in the grammar itself is required. Now the
906 parser recognizes all valid declarations, according to the
907 limited syntax above, transparently. In fact, the user does not even
908 notice when the parser splits.
909
910 So here we have a case where we can use the benefits of @acronym{GLR},
911 almost without disadvantages. Even in simple cases like this, however,
912 there are at least two potential problems to beware. First, always
913 analyze the conflicts reported by Bison to make sure that @acronym{GLR}
914 splitting is only done where it is intended. A @acronym{GLR} parser
915 splitting inadvertently may cause problems less obvious than an
916 @acronym{LALR} parser statically choosing the wrong alternative in a
917 conflict. Second, consider interactions with the lexer (@pxref{Semantic
918 Tokens}) with great care. Since a split parser consumes tokens without
919 performing any actions during the split, the lexer cannot obtain
920 information via parser actions. Some cases of lexer interactions can be
921 eliminated by using @acronym{GLR} to shift the complications from the
922 lexer to the parser. You must check the remaining cases for
923 correctness.
924
925 In our example, it would be safe for the lexer to return tokens based on
926 their current meanings in some symbol table, because no new symbols are
927 defined in the middle of a type declaration. Though it is possible for
928 a parser to define the enumeration constants as they are parsed, before
929 the type declaration is completed, it actually makes no difference since
930 they cannot be used within the same enumerated type declaration.
931
932 @node Merging GLR Parses
933 @subsection Using @acronym{GLR} to Resolve Ambiguities
934 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing, ambiguous grammars
935 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing, ambiguous grammars
936 @findex %dprec
937 @findex %merge
938 @cindex conflicts
939 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
940
941 Let's consider an example, vastly simplified from a C++ grammar.
942
943 @example
944 %@{
945 #include <stdio.h>
946 #define YYSTYPE char const *
947 int yylex (void);
948 void yyerror (char const *);
949 %@}
950
951 %token TYPENAME ID
952
953 %right '='
954 %left '+'
955
956 %glr-parser
957
958 %%
959
960 prog :
961 | prog stmt @{ printf ("\n"); @}
962 ;
963
964 stmt : expr ';' %dprec 1
965 | decl %dprec 2
966 ;
967
968 expr : ID @{ printf ("%s ", $$); @}
969 | TYPENAME '(' expr ')'
970 @{ printf ("%s <cast> ", $1); @}
971 | expr '+' expr @{ printf ("+ "); @}
972 | expr '=' expr @{ printf ("= "); @}
973 ;
974
975 decl : TYPENAME declarator ';'
976 @{ printf ("%s <declare> ", $1); @}
977 | TYPENAME declarator '=' expr ';'
978 @{ printf ("%s <init-declare> ", $1); @}
979 ;
980
981 declarator : ID @{ printf ("\"%s\" ", $1); @}
982 | '(' declarator ')'
983 ;
984 @end example
985
986 @noindent
987 This models a problematic part of the C++ grammar---the ambiguity between
988 certain declarations and statements. For example,
989
990 @example
991 T (x) = y+z;
992 @end example
993
994 @noindent
995 parses as either an @code{expr} or a @code{stmt}
996 (assuming that @samp{T} is recognized as a @code{TYPENAME} and
997 @samp{x} as an @code{ID}).
998 Bison detects this as a reduce/reduce conflict between the rules
999 @code{expr : ID} and @code{declarator : ID}, which it cannot resolve at the
1000 time it encounters @code{x} in the example above. Since this is a
1001 @acronym{GLR} parser, it therefore splits the problem into two parses, one for
1002 each choice of resolving the reduce/reduce conflict.
1003 Unlike the example from the previous section (@pxref{Simple GLR Parsers}),
1004 however, neither of these parses ``dies,'' because the grammar as it stands is
1005 ambiguous. One of the parsers eventually reduces @code{stmt : expr ';'} and
1006 the other reduces @code{stmt : decl}, after which both parsers are in an
1007 identical state: they've seen @samp{prog stmt} and have the same unprocessed
1008 input remaining. We say that these parses have @dfn{merged.}
1009
1010 At this point, the @acronym{GLR} parser requires a specification in the
1011 grammar of how to choose between the competing parses.
1012 In the example above, the two @code{%dprec}
1013 declarations specify that Bison is to give precedence
1014 to the parse that interprets the example as a
1015 @code{decl}, which implies that @code{x} is a declarator.
1016 The parser therefore prints
1017
1018 @example
1019 "x" y z + T <init-declare>
1020 @end example
1021
1022 The @code{%dprec} declarations only come into play when more than one
1023 parse survives. Consider a different input string for this parser:
1024
1025 @example
1026 T (x) + y;
1027 @end example
1028
1029 @noindent
1030 This is another example of using @acronym{GLR} to parse an unambiguous
1031 construct, as shown in the previous section (@pxref{Simple GLR Parsers}).
1032 Here, there is no ambiguity (this cannot be parsed as a declaration).
1033 However, at the time the Bison parser encounters @code{x}, it does not
1034 have enough information to resolve the reduce/reduce conflict (again,
1035 between @code{x} as an @code{expr} or a @code{declarator}). In this
1036 case, no precedence declaration is used. Again, the parser splits
1037 into two, one assuming that @code{x} is an @code{expr}, and the other
1038 assuming @code{x} is a @code{declarator}. The second of these parsers
1039 then vanishes when it sees @code{+}, and the parser prints
1040
1041 @example
1042 x T <cast> y +
1043 @end example
1044
1045 Suppose that instead of resolving the ambiguity, you wanted to see all
1046 the possibilities. For this purpose, you must merge the semantic
1047 actions of the two possible parsers, rather than choosing one over the
1048 other. To do so, you could change the declaration of @code{stmt} as
1049 follows:
1050
1051 @example
1052 stmt : expr ';' %merge <stmtMerge>
1053 | decl %merge <stmtMerge>
1054 ;
1055 @end example
1056
1057 @noindent
1058 and define the @code{stmtMerge} function as:
1059
1060 @example
1061 static YYSTYPE
1062 stmtMerge (YYSTYPE x0, YYSTYPE x1)
1063 @{
1064 printf ("<OR> ");
1065 return "";
1066 @}
1067 @end example
1068
1069 @noindent
1070 with an accompanying forward declaration
1071 in the C declarations at the beginning of the file:
1072
1073 @example
1074 %@{
1075 #define YYSTYPE char const *
1076 static YYSTYPE stmtMerge (YYSTYPE x0, YYSTYPE x1);
1077 %@}
1078 @end example
1079
1080 @noindent
1081 With these declarations, the resulting parser parses the first example
1082 as both an @code{expr} and a @code{decl}, and prints
1083
1084 @example
1085 "x" y z + T <init-declare> x T <cast> y z + = <OR>
1086 @end example
1087
1088 Bison requires that all of the
1089 productions that participate in any particular merge have identical
1090 @samp{%merge} clauses. Otherwise, the ambiguity would be unresolvable,
1091 and the parser will report an error during any parse that results in
1092 the offending merge.
1093
1094 @node GLR Semantic Actions
1095 @subsection GLR Semantic Actions
1096
1097 @cindex deferred semantic actions
1098 By definition, a deferred semantic action is not performed at the same time as
1099 the associated reduction.
1100 This raises caveats for several Bison features you might use in a semantic
1101 action in a @acronym{GLR} parser.
1102
1103 @vindex yychar
1104 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yychar}
1105 @vindex yylval
1106 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yylval}
1107 @vindex yylloc
1108 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yylloc}
1109 In any semantic action, you can examine @code{yychar} to determine the type of
1110 the lookahead token present at the time of the associated reduction.
1111 After checking that @code{yychar} is not set to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF},
1112 you can then examine @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc} to determine the
1113 lookahead token's semantic value and location, if any.
1114 In a nondeferred semantic action, you can also modify any of these variables to
1115 influence syntax analysis.
1116 @xref{Lookahead, ,Lookahead Tokens}.
1117
1118 @findex yyclearin
1119 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yyclearin}
1120 In a deferred semantic action, it's too late to influence syntax analysis.
1121 In this case, @code{yychar}, @code{yylval}, and @code{yylloc} are set to
1122 shallow copies of the values they had at the time of the associated reduction.
1123 For this reason alone, modifying them is dangerous.
1124 Moreover, the result of modifying them is undefined and subject to change with
1125 future versions of Bison.
1126 For example, if a semantic action might be deferred, you should never write it
1127 to invoke @code{yyclearin} (@pxref{Action Features}) or to attempt to free
1128 memory referenced by @code{yylval}.
1129
1130 @findex YYERROR
1131 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{YYERROR}
1132 Another Bison feature requiring special consideration is @code{YYERROR}
1133 (@pxref{Action Features}), which you can invoke in a semantic action to
1134 initiate error recovery.
1135 During deterministic @acronym{GLR} operation, the effect of @code{YYERROR} is
1136 the same as its effect in an @acronym{LALR}(1) parser.
1137 In a deferred semantic action, its effect is undefined.
1138 @c The effect is probably a syntax error at the split point.
1139
1140 Also, see @ref{Location Default Action, ,Default Action for Locations}, which
1141 describes a special usage of @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} in @acronym{GLR} parsers.
1142
1143 @node Compiler Requirements
1144 @subsection Considerations when Compiling @acronym{GLR} Parsers
1145 @cindex @code{inline}
1146 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{inline}
1147
1148 The @acronym{GLR} parsers require a compiler for @acronym{ISO} C89 or
1149 later. In addition, they use the @code{inline} keyword, which is not
1150 C89, but is C99 and is a common extension in pre-C99 compilers. It is
1151 up to the user of these parsers to handle
1152 portability issues. For instance, if using Autoconf and the Autoconf
1153 macro @code{AC_C_INLINE}, a mere
1154
1155 @example
1156 %@{
1157 #include <config.h>
1158 %@}
1159 @end example
1160
1161 @noindent
1162 will suffice. Otherwise, we suggest
1163
1164 @example
1165 %@{
1166 #if __STDC_VERSION__ < 199901 && ! defined __GNUC__ && ! defined inline
1167 #define inline
1168 #endif
1169 %@}
1170 @end example
1171
1172 @node Locations Overview
1173 @section Locations
1174 @cindex location
1175 @cindex textual location
1176 @cindex location, textual
1177
1178 Many applications, like interpreters or compilers, have to produce verbose
1179 and useful error messages. To achieve this, one must be able to keep track of
1180 the @dfn{textual location}, or @dfn{location}, of each syntactic construct.
1181 Bison provides a mechanism for handling these locations.
1182
1183 Each token has a semantic value. In a similar fashion, each token has an
1184 associated location, but the type of locations is the same for all tokens and
1185 groupings. Moreover, the output parser is equipped with a default data
1186 structure for storing locations (@pxref{Locations}, for more details).
1187
1188 Like semantic values, locations can be reached in actions using a dedicated
1189 set of constructs. In the example above, the location of the whole grouping
1190 is @code{@@$}, while the locations of the subexpressions are @code{@@1} and
1191 @code{@@3}.
1192
1193 When a rule is matched, a default action is used to compute the semantic value
1194 of its left hand side (@pxref{Actions}). In the same way, another default
1195 action is used for locations. However, the action for locations is general
1196 enough for most cases, meaning there is usually no need to describe for each
1197 rule how @code{@@$} should be formed. When building a new location for a given
1198 grouping, the default behavior of the output parser is to take the beginning
1199 of the first symbol, and the end of the last symbol.
1200
1201 @node Bison Parser
1202 @section Bison Output: the Parser File
1203 @cindex Bison parser
1204 @cindex Bison utility
1205 @cindex lexical analyzer, purpose
1206 @cindex parser
1207
1208 When you run Bison, you give it a Bison grammar file as input. The output
1209 is a C source file that parses the language described by the grammar.
1210 This file is called a @dfn{Bison parser}. Keep in mind that the Bison
1211 utility and the Bison parser are two distinct programs: the Bison utility
1212 is a program whose output is the Bison parser that becomes part of your
1213 program.
1214
1215 The job of the Bison parser is to group tokens into groupings according to
1216 the grammar rules---for example, to build identifiers and operators into
1217 expressions. As it does this, it runs the actions for the grammar rules it
1218 uses.
1219
1220 The tokens come from a function called the @dfn{lexical analyzer} that
1221 you must supply in some fashion (such as by writing it in C). The Bison
1222 parser calls the lexical analyzer each time it wants a new token. It
1223 doesn't know what is ``inside'' the tokens (though their semantic values
1224 may reflect this). Typically the lexical analyzer makes the tokens by
1225 parsing characters of text, but Bison does not depend on this.
1226 @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
1227
1228 The Bison parser file is C code which defines a function named
1229 @code{yyparse} which implements that grammar. This function does not make
1230 a complete C program: you must supply some additional functions. One is
1231 the lexical analyzer. Another is an error-reporting function which the
1232 parser calls to report an error. In addition, a complete C program must
1233 start with a function called @code{main}; you have to provide this, and
1234 arrange for it to call @code{yyparse} or the parser will never run.
1235 @xref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}.
1236
1237 Aside from the token type names and the symbols in the actions you
1238 write, all symbols defined in the Bison parser file itself
1239 begin with @samp{yy} or @samp{YY}. This includes interface functions
1240 such as the lexical analyzer function @code{yylex}, the error reporting
1241 function @code{yyerror} and the parser function @code{yyparse} itself.
1242 This also includes numerous identifiers used for internal purposes.
1243 Therefore, you should avoid using C identifiers starting with @samp{yy}
1244 or @samp{YY} in the Bison grammar file except for the ones defined in
1245 this manual. Also, you should avoid using the C identifiers
1246 @samp{malloc} and @samp{free} for anything other than their usual
1247 meanings.
1248
1249 In some cases the Bison parser file includes system headers, and in
1250 those cases your code should respect the identifiers reserved by those
1251 headers. On some non-@acronym{GNU} hosts, @code{<alloca.h>}, @code{<malloc.h>},
1252 @code{<stddef.h>}, and @code{<stdlib.h>} are included as needed to
1253 declare memory allocators and related types. @code{<libintl.h>} is
1254 included if message translation is in use
1255 (@pxref{Internationalization}). Other system headers may
1256 be included if you define @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value
1257 (@pxref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}).
1258
1259 @node Stages
1260 @section Stages in Using Bison
1261 @cindex stages in using Bison
1262 @cindex using Bison
1263
1264 The actual language-design process using Bison, from grammar specification
1265 to a working compiler or interpreter, has these parts:
1266
1267 @enumerate
1268 @item
1269 Formally specify the grammar in a form recognized by Bison
1270 (@pxref{Grammar File, ,Bison Grammar Files}). For each grammatical rule
1271 in the language, describe the action that is to be taken when an
1272 instance of that rule is recognized. The action is described by a
1273 sequence of C statements.
1274
1275 @item
1276 Write a lexical analyzer to process input and pass tokens to the parser.
1277 The lexical analyzer may be written by hand in C (@pxref{Lexical, ,The
1278 Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}). It could also be produced
1279 using Lex, but the use of Lex is not discussed in this manual.
1280
1281 @item
1282 Write a controlling function that calls the Bison-produced parser.
1283
1284 @item
1285 Write error-reporting routines.
1286 @end enumerate
1287
1288 To turn this source code as written into a runnable program, you
1289 must follow these steps:
1290
1291 @enumerate
1292 @item
1293 Run Bison on the grammar to produce the parser.
1294
1295 @item
1296 Compile the code output by Bison, as well as any other source files.
1297
1298 @item
1299 Link the object files to produce the finished product.
1300 @end enumerate
1301
1302 @node Grammar Layout
1303 @section The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar
1304 @cindex grammar file
1305 @cindex file format
1306 @cindex format of grammar file
1307 @cindex layout of Bison grammar
1308
1309 The input file for the Bison utility is a @dfn{Bison grammar file}. The
1310 general form of a Bison grammar file is as follows:
1311
1312 @example
1313 %@{
1314 @var{Prologue}
1315 %@}
1316
1317 @var{Bison declarations}
1318
1319 %%
1320 @var{Grammar rules}
1321 %%
1322 @var{Epilogue}
1323 @end example
1324
1325 @noindent
1326 The @samp{%%}, @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} are punctuation that appears
1327 in every Bison grammar file to separate the sections.
1328
1329 The prologue may define types and variables used in the actions. You can
1330 also use preprocessor commands to define macros used there, and use
1331 @code{#include} to include header files that do any of these things.
1332 You need to declare the lexical analyzer @code{yylex} and the error
1333 printer @code{yyerror} here, along with any other global identifiers
1334 used by the actions in the grammar rules.
1335
1336 The Bison declarations declare the names of the terminal and nonterminal
1337 symbols, and may also describe operator precedence and the data types of
1338 semantic values of various symbols.
1339
1340 The grammar rules define how to construct each nonterminal symbol from its
1341 parts.
1342
1343 The epilogue can contain any code you want to use. Often the
1344 definitions of functions declared in the prologue go here. In a
1345 simple program, all the rest of the program can go here.
1346
1347 @node Examples
1348 @chapter Examples
1349 @cindex simple examples
1350 @cindex examples, simple
1351
1352 Now we show and explain three sample programs written using Bison: a
1353 reverse polish notation calculator, an algebraic (infix) notation
1354 calculator, and a multi-function calculator. All three have been tested
1355 under BSD Unix 4.3; each produces a usable, though limited, interactive
1356 desk-top calculator.
1357
1358 These examples are simple, but Bison grammars for real programming
1359 languages are written the same way. You can copy these examples into a
1360 source file to try them.
1361
1362 @menu
1363 * RPN Calc:: Reverse polish notation calculator;
1364 a first example with no operator precedence.
1365 * Infix Calc:: Infix (algebraic) notation calculator.
1366 Operator precedence is introduced.
1367 * Simple Error Recovery:: Continuing after syntax errors.
1368 * Location Tracking Calc:: Demonstrating the use of @@@var{n} and @@$.
1369 * Multi-function Calc:: Calculator with memory and trig functions.
1370 It uses multiple data-types for semantic values.
1371 * Exercises:: Ideas for improving the multi-function calculator.
1372 @end menu
1373
1374 @node RPN Calc
1375 @section Reverse Polish Notation Calculator
1376 @cindex reverse polish notation
1377 @cindex polish notation calculator
1378 @cindex @code{rpcalc}
1379 @cindex calculator, simple
1380
1381 The first example is that of a simple double-precision @dfn{reverse polish
1382 notation} calculator (a calculator using postfix operators). This example
1383 provides a good starting point, since operator precedence is not an issue.
1384 The second example will illustrate how operator precedence is handled.
1385
1386 The source code for this calculator is named @file{rpcalc.y}. The
1387 @samp{.y} extension is a convention used for Bison input files.
1388
1389 @menu
1390 * Decls: Rpcalc Decls. Prologue (declarations) for rpcalc.
1391 * Rules: Rpcalc Rules. Grammar Rules for rpcalc, with explanation.
1392 * Lexer: Rpcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
1393 * Main: Rpcalc Main. The controlling function.
1394 * Error: Rpcalc Error. The error reporting function.
1395 * Gen: Rpcalc Gen. Running Bison on the grammar file.
1396 * Comp: Rpcalc Compile. Run the C compiler on the output code.
1397 @end menu
1398
1399 @node Rpcalc Decls
1400 @subsection Declarations for @code{rpcalc}
1401
1402 Here are the C and Bison declarations for the reverse polish notation
1403 calculator. As in C, comments are placed between @samp{/*@dots{}*/}.
1404
1405 @example
1406 /* Reverse polish notation calculator. */
1407
1408 %@{
1409 #define YYSTYPE double
1410 #include <math.h>
1411 int yylex (void);
1412 void yyerror (char const *);
1413 %@}
1414
1415 %token NUM
1416
1417 %% /* Grammar rules and actions follow. */
1418 @end example
1419
1420 The declarations section (@pxref{Prologue, , The prologue}) contains two
1421 preprocessor directives and two forward declarations.
1422
1423 The @code{#define} directive defines the macro @code{YYSTYPE}, thus
1424 specifying the C data type for semantic values of both tokens and
1425 groupings (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}). The
1426 Bison parser will use whatever type @code{YYSTYPE} is defined as; if you
1427 don't define it, @code{int} is the default. Because we specify
1428 @code{double}, each token and each expression has an associated value,
1429 which is a floating point number.
1430
1431 The @code{#include} directive is used to declare the exponentiation
1432 function @code{pow}.
1433
1434 The forward declarations for @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} are
1435 needed because the C language requires that functions be declared
1436 before they are used. These functions will be defined in the
1437 epilogue, but the parser calls them so they must be declared in the
1438 prologue.
1439
1440 The second section, Bison declarations, provides information to Bison
1441 about the token types (@pxref{Bison Declarations, ,The Bison
1442 Declarations Section}). Each terminal symbol that is not a
1443 single-character literal must be declared here. (Single-character
1444 literals normally don't need to be declared.) In this example, all the
1445 arithmetic operators are designated by single-character literals, so the
1446 only terminal symbol that needs to be declared is @code{NUM}, the token
1447 type for numeric constants.
1448
1449 @node Rpcalc Rules
1450 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{rpcalc}
1451
1452 Here are the grammar rules for the reverse polish notation calculator.
1453
1454 @example
1455 input: /* empty */
1456 | input line
1457 ;
1458
1459 line: '\n'
1460 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1461 ;
1462
1463 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
1464 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1465 | exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @}
1466 | exp exp '*' @{ $$ = $1 * $2; @}
1467 | exp exp '/' @{ $$ = $1 / $2; @}
1468 /* Exponentiation */
1469 | exp exp '^' @{ $$ = pow ($1, $2); @}
1470 /* Unary minus */
1471 | exp 'n' @{ $$ = -$1; @}
1472 ;
1473 %%
1474 @end example
1475
1476 The groupings of the rpcalc ``language'' defined here are the expression
1477 (given the name @code{exp}), the line of input (@code{line}), and the
1478 complete input transcript (@code{input}). Each of these nonterminal
1479 symbols has several alternate rules, joined by the vertical bar @samp{|}
1480 which is read as ``or''. The following sections explain what these rules
1481 mean.
1482
1483 The semantics of the language is determined by the actions taken when a
1484 grouping is recognized. The actions are the C code that appears inside
1485 braces. @xref{Actions}.
1486
1487 You must specify these actions in C, but Bison provides the means for
1488 passing semantic values between the rules. In each action, the
1489 pseudo-variable @code{$$} stands for the semantic value for the grouping
1490 that the rule is going to construct. Assigning a value to @code{$$} is the
1491 main job of most actions. The semantic values of the components of the
1492 rule are referred to as @code{$1}, @code{$2}, and so on.
1493
1494 @menu
1495 * Rpcalc Input::
1496 * Rpcalc Line::
1497 * Rpcalc Expr::
1498 @end menu
1499
1500 @node Rpcalc Input
1501 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{input}
1502
1503 Consider the definition of @code{input}:
1504
1505 @example
1506 input: /* empty */
1507 | input line
1508 ;
1509 @end example
1510
1511 This definition reads as follows: ``A complete input is either an empty
1512 string, or a complete input followed by an input line''. Notice that
1513 ``complete input'' is defined in terms of itself. This definition is said
1514 to be @dfn{left recursive} since @code{input} appears always as the
1515 leftmost symbol in the sequence. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive Rules}.
1516
1517 The first alternative is empty because there are no symbols between the
1518 colon and the first @samp{|}; this means that @code{input} can match an
1519 empty string of input (no tokens). We write the rules this way because it
1520 is legitimate to type @kbd{Ctrl-d} right after you start the calculator.
1521 It's conventional to put an empty alternative first and write the comment
1522 @samp{/* empty */} in it.
1523
1524 The second alternate rule (@code{input line}) handles all nontrivial input.
1525 It means, ``After reading any number of lines, read one more line if
1526 possible.'' The left recursion makes this rule into a loop. Since the
1527 first alternative matches empty input, the loop can be executed zero or
1528 more times.
1529
1530 The parser function @code{yyparse} continues to process input until a
1531 grammatical error is seen or the lexical analyzer says there are no more
1532 input tokens; we will arrange for the latter to happen at end-of-input.
1533
1534 @node Rpcalc Line
1535 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{line}
1536
1537 Now consider the definition of @code{line}:
1538
1539 @example
1540 line: '\n'
1541 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1542 ;
1543 @end example
1544
1545 The first alternative is a token which is a newline character; this means
1546 that rpcalc accepts a blank line (and ignores it, since there is no
1547 action). The second alternative is an expression followed by a newline.
1548 This is the alternative that makes rpcalc useful. The semantic value of
1549 the @code{exp} grouping is the value of @code{$1} because the @code{exp} in
1550 question is the first symbol in the alternative. The action prints this
1551 value, which is the result of the computation the user asked for.
1552
1553 This action is unusual because it does not assign a value to @code{$$}. As
1554 a consequence, the semantic value associated with the @code{line} is
1555 uninitialized (its value will be unpredictable). This would be a bug if
1556 that value were ever used, but we don't use it: once rpcalc has printed the
1557 value of the user's input line, that value is no longer needed.
1558
1559 @node Rpcalc Expr
1560 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{expr}
1561
1562 The @code{exp} grouping has several rules, one for each kind of expression.
1563 The first rule handles the simplest expressions: those that are just numbers.
1564 The second handles an addition-expression, which looks like two expressions
1565 followed by a plus-sign. The third handles subtraction, and so on.
1566
1567 @example
1568 exp: NUM
1569 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1570 | exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @}
1571 @dots{}
1572 ;
1573 @end example
1574
1575 We have used @samp{|} to join all the rules for @code{exp}, but we could
1576 equally well have written them separately:
1577
1578 @example
1579 exp: NUM ;
1580 exp: exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @} ;
1581 exp: exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @} ;
1582 @dots{}
1583 @end example
1584
1585 Most of the rules have actions that compute the value of the expression in
1586 terms of the value of its parts. For example, in the rule for addition,
1587 @code{$1} refers to the first component @code{exp} and @code{$2} refers to
1588 the second one. The third component, @code{'+'}, has no meaningful
1589 associated semantic value, but if it had one you could refer to it as
1590 @code{$3}. When @code{yyparse} recognizes a sum expression using this
1591 rule, the sum of the two subexpressions' values is produced as the value of
1592 the entire expression. @xref{Actions}.
1593
1594 You don't have to give an action for every rule. When a rule has no
1595 action, Bison by default copies the value of @code{$1} into @code{$$}.
1596 This is what happens in the first rule (the one that uses @code{NUM}).
1597
1598 The formatting shown here is the recommended convention, but Bison does
1599 not require it. You can add or change white space as much as you wish.
1600 For example, this:
1601
1602 @example
1603 exp : NUM | exp exp '+' @{$$ = $1 + $2; @} | @dots{} ;
1604 @end example
1605
1606 @noindent
1607 means the same thing as this:
1608
1609 @example
1610 exp: NUM
1611 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1612 | @dots{}
1613 ;
1614 @end example
1615
1616 @noindent
1617 The latter, however, is much more readable.
1618
1619 @node Rpcalc Lexer
1620 @subsection The @code{rpcalc} Lexical Analyzer
1621 @cindex writing a lexical analyzer
1622 @cindex lexical analyzer, writing
1623
1624 The lexical analyzer's job is low-level parsing: converting characters
1625 or sequences of characters into tokens. The Bison parser gets its
1626 tokens by calling the lexical analyzer. @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical
1627 Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
1628
1629 Only a simple lexical analyzer is needed for the @acronym{RPN}
1630 calculator. This
1631 lexical analyzer skips blanks and tabs, then reads in numbers as
1632 @code{double} and returns them as @code{NUM} tokens. Any other character
1633 that isn't part of a number is a separate token. Note that the token-code
1634 for such a single-character token is the character itself.
1635
1636 The return value of the lexical analyzer function is a numeric code which
1637 represents a token type. The same text used in Bison rules to stand for
1638 this token type is also a C expression for the numeric code for the type.
1639 This works in two ways. If the token type is a character literal, then its
1640 numeric code is that of the character; you can use the same
1641 character literal in the lexical analyzer to express the number. If the
1642 token type is an identifier, that identifier is defined by Bison as a C
1643 macro whose definition is the appropriate number. In this example,
1644 therefore, @code{NUM} becomes a macro for @code{yylex} to use.
1645
1646 The semantic value of the token (if it has one) is stored into the
1647 global variable @code{yylval}, which is where the Bison parser will look
1648 for it. (The C data type of @code{yylval} is @code{YYSTYPE}, which was
1649 defined at the beginning of the grammar; @pxref{Rpcalc Decls,
1650 ,Declarations for @code{rpcalc}}.)
1651
1652 A token type code of zero is returned if the end-of-input is encountered.
1653 (Bison recognizes any nonpositive value as indicating end-of-input.)
1654
1655 Here is the code for the lexical analyzer:
1656
1657 @example
1658 @group
1659 /* The lexical analyzer returns a double floating point
1660 number on the stack and the token NUM, or the numeric code
1661 of the character read if not a number. It skips all blanks
1662 and tabs, and returns 0 for end-of-input. */
1663
1664 #include <ctype.h>
1665 @end group
1666
1667 @group
1668 int
1669 yylex (void)
1670 @{
1671 int c;
1672
1673 /* Skip white space. */
1674 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t')
1675 ;
1676 @end group
1677 @group
1678 /* Process numbers. */
1679 if (c == '.' || isdigit (c))
1680 @{
1681 ungetc (c, stdin);
1682 scanf ("%lf", &yylval);
1683 return NUM;
1684 @}
1685 @end group
1686 @group
1687 /* Return end-of-input. */
1688 if (c == EOF)
1689 return 0;
1690 /* Return a single char. */
1691 return c;
1692 @}
1693 @end group
1694 @end example
1695
1696 @node Rpcalc Main
1697 @subsection The Controlling Function
1698 @cindex controlling function
1699 @cindex main function in simple example
1700
1701 In keeping with the spirit of this example, the controlling function is
1702 kept to the bare minimum. The only requirement is that it call
1703 @code{yyparse} to start the process of parsing.
1704
1705 @example
1706 @group
1707 int
1708 main (void)
1709 @{
1710 return yyparse ();
1711 @}
1712 @end group
1713 @end example
1714
1715 @node Rpcalc Error
1716 @subsection The Error Reporting Routine
1717 @cindex error reporting routine
1718
1719 When @code{yyparse} detects a syntax error, it calls the error reporting
1720 function @code{yyerror} to print an error message (usually but not
1721 always @code{"syntax error"}). It is up to the programmer to supply
1722 @code{yyerror} (@pxref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}), so
1723 here is the definition we will use:
1724
1725 @example
1726 @group
1727 #include <stdio.h>
1728
1729 /* Called by yyparse on error. */
1730 void
1731 yyerror (char const *s)
1732 @{
1733 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", s);
1734 @}
1735 @end group
1736 @end example
1737
1738 After @code{yyerror} returns, the Bison parser may recover from the error
1739 and continue parsing if the grammar contains a suitable error rule
1740 (@pxref{Error Recovery}). Otherwise, @code{yyparse} returns nonzero. We
1741 have not written any error rules in this example, so any invalid input will
1742 cause the calculator program to exit. This is not clean behavior for a
1743 real calculator, but it is adequate for the first example.
1744
1745 @node Rpcalc Gen
1746 @subsection Running Bison to Make the Parser
1747 @cindex running Bison (introduction)
1748
1749 Before running Bison to produce a parser, we need to decide how to
1750 arrange all the source code in one or more source files. For such a
1751 simple example, the easiest thing is to put everything in one file. The
1752 definitions of @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main} go at the
1753 end, in the epilogue of the file
1754 (@pxref{Grammar Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}).
1755
1756 For a large project, you would probably have several source files, and use
1757 @code{make} to arrange to recompile them.
1758
1759 With all the source in a single file, you use the following command to
1760 convert it into a parser file:
1761
1762 @example
1763 bison @var{file}.y
1764 @end example
1765
1766 @noindent
1767 In this example the file was called @file{rpcalc.y} (for ``Reverse Polish
1768 @sc{calc}ulator''). Bison produces a file named @file{@var{file}.tab.c},
1769 removing the @samp{.y} from the original file name. The file output by
1770 Bison contains the source code for @code{yyparse}. The additional
1771 functions in the input file (@code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main})
1772 are copied verbatim to the output.
1773
1774 @node Rpcalc Compile
1775 @subsection Compiling the Parser File
1776 @cindex compiling the parser
1777
1778 Here is how to compile and run the parser file:
1779
1780 @example
1781 @group
1782 # @r{List files in current directory.}
1783 $ @kbd{ls}
1784 rpcalc.tab.c rpcalc.y
1785 @end group
1786
1787 @group
1788 # @r{Compile the Bison parser.}
1789 # @r{@samp{-lm} tells compiler to search math library for @code{pow}.}
1790 $ @kbd{cc -lm -o rpcalc rpcalc.tab.c}
1791 @end group
1792
1793 @group
1794 # @r{List files again.}
1795 $ @kbd{ls}
1796 rpcalc rpcalc.tab.c rpcalc.y
1797 @end group
1798 @end example
1799
1800 The file @file{rpcalc} now contains the executable code. Here is an
1801 example session using @code{rpcalc}.
1802
1803 @example
1804 $ @kbd{rpcalc}
1805 @kbd{4 9 +}
1806 13
1807 @kbd{3 7 + 3 4 5 *+-}
1808 -13
1809 @kbd{3 7 + 3 4 5 * + - n} @r{Note the unary minus, @samp{n}}
1810 13
1811 @kbd{5 6 / 4 n +}
1812 -3.166666667
1813 @kbd{3 4 ^} @r{Exponentiation}
1814 81
1815 @kbd{^D} @r{End-of-file indicator}
1816 $
1817 @end example
1818
1819 @node Infix Calc
1820 @section Infix Notation Calculator: @code{calc}
1821 @cindex infix notation calculator
1822 @cindex @code{calc}
1823 @cindex calculator, infix notation
1824
1825 We now modify rpcalc to handle infix operators instead of postfix. Infix
1826 notation involves the concept of operator precedence and the need for
1827 parentheses nested to arbitrary depth. Here is the Bison code for
1828 @file{calc.y}, an infix desk-top calculator.
1829
1830 @example
1831 /* Infix notation calculator. */
1832
1833 %@{
1834 #define YYSTYPE double
1835 #include <math.h>
1836 #include <stdio.h>
1837 int yylex (void);
1838 void yyerror (char const *);
1839 %@}
1840
1841 /* Bison declarations. */
1842 %token NUM
1843 %left '-' '+'
1844 %left '*' '/'
1845 %left NEG /* negation--unary minus */
1846 %right '^' /* exponentiation */
1847
1848 %% /* The grammar follows. */
1849 input: /* empty */
1850 | input line
1851 ;
1852
1853 line: '\n'
1854 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1855 ;
1856
1857 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
1858 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
1859 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
1860 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
1861 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
1862 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
1863 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
1864 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
1865 ;
1866 %%
1867 @end example
1868
1869 @noindent
1870 The functions @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main} can be the
1871 same as before.
1872
1873 There are two important new features shown in this code.
1874
1875 In the second section (Bison declarations), @code{%left} declares token
1876 types and says they are left-associative operators. The declarations
1877 @code{%left} and @code{%right} (right associativity) take the place of
1878 @code{%token} which is used to declare a token type name without
1879 associativity. (These tokens are single-character literals, which
1880 ordinarily don't need to be declared. We declare them here to specify
1881 the associativity.)
1882
1883 Operator precedence is determined by the line ordering of the
1884 declarations; the higher the line number of the declaration (lower on
1885 the page or screen), the higher the precedence. Hence, exponentiation
1886 has the highest precedence, unary minus (@code{NEG}) is next, followed
1887 by @samp{*} and @samp{/}, and so on. @xref{Precedence, ,Operator
1888 Precedence}.
1889
1890 The other important new feature is the @code{%prec} in the grammar
1891 section for the unary minus operator. The @code{%prec} simply instructs
1892 Bison that the rule @samp{| '-' exp} has the same precedence as
1893 @code{NEG}---in this case the next-to-highest. @xref{Contextual
1894 Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.
1895
1896 Here is a sample run of @file{calc.y}:
1897
1898 @need 500
1899 @example
1900 $ @kbd{calc}
1901 @kbd{4 + 4.5 - (34/(8*3+-3))}
1902 6.880952381
1903 @kbd{-56 + 2}
1904 -54
1905 @kbd{3 ^ 2}
1906 9
1907 @end example
1908
1909 @node Simple Error Recovery
1910 @section Simple Error Recovery
1911 @cindex error recovery, simple
1912
1913 Up to this point, this manual has not addressed the issue of @dfn{error
1914 recovery}---how to continue parsing after the parser detects a syntax
1915 error. All we have handled is error reporting with @code{yyerror}.
1916 Recall that by default @code{yyparse} returns after calling
1917 @code{yyerror}. This means that an erroneous input line causes the
1918 calculator program to exit. Now we show how to rectify this deficiency.
1919
1920 The Bison language itself includes the reserved word @code{error}, which
1921 may be included in the grammar rules. In the example below it has
1922 been added to one of the alternatives for @code{line}:
1923
1924 @example
1925 @group
1926 line: '\n'
1927 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1928 | error '\n' @{ yyerrok; @}
1929 ;
1930 @end group
1931 @end example
1932
1933 This addition to the grammar allows for simple error recovery in the
1934 event of a syntax error. If an expression that cannot be evaluated is
1935 read, the error will be recognized by the third rule for @code{line},
1936 and parsing will continue. (The @code{yyerror} function is still called
1937 upon to print its message as well.) The action executes the statement
1938 @code{yyerrok}, a macro defined automatically by Bison; its meaning is
1939 that error recovery is complete (@pxref{Error Recovery}). Note the
1940 difference between @code{yyerrok} and @code{yyerror}; neither one is a
1941 misprint.
1942
1943 This form of error recovery deals with syntax errors. There are other
1944 kinds of errors; for example, division by zero, which raises an exception
1945 signal that is normally fatal. A real calculator program must handle this
1946 signal and use @code{longjmp} to return to @code{main} and resume parsing
1947 input lines; it would also have to discard the rest of the current line of
1948 input. We won't discuss this issue further because it is not specific to
1949 Bison programs.
1950
1951 @node Location Tracking Calc
1952 @section Location Tracking Calculator: @code{ltcalc}
1953 @cindex location tracking calculator
1954 @cindex @code{ltcalc}
1955 @cindex calculator, location tracking
1956
1957 This example extends the infix notation calculator with location
1958 tracking. This feature will be used to improve the error messages. For
1959 the sake of clarity, this example is a simple integer calculator, since
1960 most of the work needed to use locations will be done in the lexical
1961 analyzer.
1962
1963 @menu
1964 * Decls: Ltcalc Decls. Bison and C declarations for ltcalc.
1965 * Rules: Ltcalc Rules. Grammar rules for ltcalc, with explanations.
1966 * Lexer: Ltcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
1967 @end menu
1968
1969 @node Ltcalc Decls
1970 @subsection Declarations for @code{ltcalc}
1971
1972 The C and Bison declarations for the location tracking calculator are
1973 the same as the declarations for the infix notation calculator.
1974
1975 @example
1976 /* Location tracking calculator. */
1977
1978 %@{
1979 #define YYSTYPE int
1980 #include <math.h>
1981 int yylex (void);
1982 void yyerror (char const *);
1983 %@}
1984
1985 /* Bison declarations. */
1986 %token NUM
1987
1988 %left '-' '+'
1989 %left '*' '/'
1990 %left NEG
1991 %right '^'
1992
1993 %% /* The grammar follows. */
1994 @end example
1995
1996 @noindent
1997 Note there are no declarations specific to locations. Defining a data
1998 type for storing locations is not needed: we will use the type provided
1999 by default (@pxref{Location Type, ,Data Types of Locations}), which is a
2000 four member structure with the following integer fields:
2001 @code{first_line}, @code{first_column}, @code{last_line} and
2002 @code{last_column}. By conventions, and in accordance with the GNU
2003 Coding Standards and common practice, the line and column count both
2004 start at 1.
2005
2006 @node Ltcalc Rules
2007 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{ltcalc}
2008
2009 Whether handling locations or not has no effect on the syntax of your
2010 language. Therefore, grammar rules for this example will be very close
2011 to those of the previous example: we will only modify them to benefit
2012 from the new information.
2013
2014 Here, we will use locations to report divisions by zero, and locate the
2015 wrong expressions or subexpressions.
2016
2017 @example
2018 @group
2019 input : /* empty */
2020 | input line
2021 ;
2022 @end group
2023
2024 @group
2025 line : '\n'
2026 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("%d\n", $1); @}
2027 ;
2028 @end group
2029
2030 @group
2031 exp : NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
2032 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
2033 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
2034 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
2035 @end group
2036 @group
2037 | exp '/' exp
2038 @{
2039 if ($3)
2040 $$ = $1 / $3;
2041 else
2042 @{
2043 $$ = 1;
2044 fprintf (stderr, "%d.%d-%d.%d: division by zero",
2045 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
2046 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
2047 @}
2048 @}
2049 @end group
2050 @group
2051 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
2052 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
2053 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
2054 @end group
2055 @end example
2056
2057 This code shows how to reach locations inside of semantic actions, by
2058 using the pseudo-variables @code{@@@var{n}} for rule components, and the
2059 pseudo-variable @code{@@$} for groupings.
2060
2061 We don't need to assign a value to @code{@@$}: the output parser does it
2062 automatically. By default, before executing the C code of each action,
2063 @code{@@$} is set to range from the beginning of @code{@@1} to the end
2064 of @code{@@@var{n}}, for a rule with @var{n} components. This behavior
2065 can be redefined (@pxref{Location Default Action, , Default Action for
2066 Locations}), and for very specific rules, @code{@@$} can be computed by
2067 hand.
2068
2069 @node Ltcalc Lexer
2070 @subsection The @code{ltcalc} Lexical Analyzer.
2071
2072 Until now, we relied on Bison's defaults to enable location
2073 tracking. The next step is to rewrite the lexical analyzer, and make it
2074 able to feed the parser with the token locations, as it already does for
2075 semantic values.
2076
2077 To this end, we must take into account every single character of the
2078 input text, to avoid the computed locations of being fuzzy or wrong:
2079
2080 @example
2081 @group
2082 int
2083 yylex (void)
2084 @{
2085 int c;
2086 @end group
2087
2088 @group
2089 /* Skip white space. */
2090 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t')
2091 ++yylloc.last_column;
2092 @end group
2093
2094 @group
2095 /* Step. */
2096 yylloc.first_line = yylloc.last_line;
2097 yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column;
2098 @end group
2099
2100 @group
2101 /* Process numbers. */
2102 if (isdigit (c))
2103 @{
2104 yylval = c - '0';
2105 ++yylloc.last_column;
2106 while (isdigit (c = getchar ()))
2107 @{
2108 ++yylloc.last_column;
2109 yylval = yylval * 10 + c - '0';
2110 @}
2111 ungetc (c, stdin);
2112 return NUM;
2113 @}
2114 @end group
2115
2116 /* Return end-of-input. */
2117 if (c == EOF)
2118 return 0;
2119
2120 /* Return a single char, and update location. */
2121 if (c == '\n')
2122 @{
2123 ++yylloc.last_line;
2124 yylloc.last_column = 0;
2125 @}
2126 else
2127 ++yylloc.last_column;
2128 return c;
2129 @}
2130 @end example
2131
2132 Basically, the lexical analyzer performs the same processing as before:
2133 it skips blanks and tabs, and reads numbers or single-character tokens.
2134 In addition, it updates @code{yylloc}, the global variable (of type
2135 @code{YYLTYPE}) containing the token's location.
2136
2137 Now, each time this function returns a token, the parser has its number
2138 as well as its semantic value, and its location in the text. The last
2139 needed change is to initialize @code{yylloc}, for example in the
2140 controlling function:
2141
2142 @example
2143 @group
2144 int
2145 main (void)
2146 @{
2147 yylloc.first_line = yylloc.last_line = 1;
2148 yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column = 0;
2149 return yyparse ();
2150 @}
2151 @end group
2152 @end example
2153
2154 Remember that computing locations is not a matter of syntax. Every
2155 character must be associated to a location update, whether it is in
2156 valid input, in comments, in literal strings, and so on.
2157
2158 @node Multi-function Calc
2159 @section Multi-Function Calculator: @code{mfcalc}
2160 @cindex multi-function calculator
2161 @cindex @code{mfcalc}
2162 @cindex calculator, multi-function
2163
2164 Now that the basics of Bison have been discussed, it is time to move on to
2165 a more advanced problem. The above calculators provided only five
2166 functions, @samp{+}, @samp{-}, @samp{*}, @samp{/} and @samp{^}. It would
2167 be nice to have a calculator that provides other mathematical functions such
2168 as @code{sin}, @code{cos}, etc.
2169
2170 It is easy to add new operators to the infix calculator as long as they are
2171 only single-character literals. The lexical analyzer @code{yylex} passes
2172 back all nonnumeric characters as tokens, so new grammar rules suffice for
2173 adding a new operator. But we want something more flexible: built-in
2174 functions whose syntax has this form:
2175
2176 @example
2177 @var{function_name} (@var{argument})
2178 @end example
2179
2180 @noindent
2181 At the same time, we will add memory to the calculator, by allowing you
2182 to create named variables, store values in them, and use them later.
2183 Here is a sample session with the multi-function calculator:
2184
2185 @example
2186 $ @kbd{mfcalc}
2187 @kbd{pi = 3.141592653589}
2188 3.1415926536
2189 @kbd{sin(pi)}
2190 0.0000000000
2191 @kbd{alpha = beta1 = 2.3}
2192 2.3000000000
2193 @kbd{alpha}
2194 2.3000000000
2195 @kbd{ln(alpha)}
2196 0.8329091229
2197 @kbd{exp(ln(beta1))}
2198 2.3000000000
2199 $
2200 @end example
2201
2202 Note that multiple assignment and nested function calls are permitted.
2203
2204 @menu
2205 * Decl: Mfcalc Decl. Bison declarations for multi-function calculator.
2206 * Rules: Mfcalc Rules. Grammar rules for the calculator.
2207 * Symtab: Mfcalc Symtab. Symbol table management subroutines.
2208 @end menu
2209
2210 @node Mfcalc Decl
2211 @subsection Declarations for @code{mfcalc}
2212
2213 Here are the C and Bison declarations for the multi-function calculator.
2214
2215 @smallexample
2216 @group
2217 %@{
2218 #include <math.h> /* For math functions, cos(), sin(), etc. */
2219 #include "calc.h" /* Contains definition of `symrec'. */
2220 int yylex (void);
2221 void yyerror (char const *);
2222 %@}
2223 @end group
2224 @group
2225 %union @{
2226 double val; /* For returning numbers. */
2227 symrec *tptr; /* For returning symbol-table pointers. */
2228 @}
2229 @end group
2230 %token <val> NUM /* Simple double precision number. */
2231 %token <tptr> VAR FNCT /* Variable and Function. */
2232 %type <val> exp
2233
2234 @group
2235 %right '='
2236 %left '-' '+'
2237 %left '*' '/'
2238 %left NEG /* negation--unary minus */
2239 %right '^' /* exponentiation */
2240 @end group
2241 %% /* The grammar follows. */
2242 @end smallexample
2243
2244 The above grammar introduces only two new features of the Bison language.
2245 These features allow semantic values to have various data types
2246 (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}).
2247
2248 The @code{%union} declaration specifies the entire list of possible types;
2249 this is instead of defining @code{YYSTYPE}. The allowable types are now
2250 double-floats (for @code{exp} and @code{NUM}) and pointers to entries in
2251 the symbol table. @xref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}.
2252
2253 Since values can now have various types, it is necessary to associate a
2254 type with each grammar symbol whose semantic value is used. These symbols
2255 are @code{NUM}, @code{VAR}, @code{FNCT}, and @code{exp}. Their
2256 declarations are augmented with information about their data type (placed
2257 between angle brackets).
2258
2259 The Bison construct @code{%type} is used for declaring nonterminal
2260 symbols, just as @code{%token} is used for declaring token types. We
2261 have not used @code{%type} before because nonterminal symbols are
2262 normally declared implicitly by the rules that define them. But
2263 @code{exp} must be declared explicitly so we can specify its value type.
2264 @xref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}.
2265
2266 @node Mfcalc Rules
2267 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{mfcalc}
2268
2269 Here are the grammar rules for the multi-function calculator.
2270 Most of them are copied directly from @code{calc}; three rules,
2271 those which mention @code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}, are new.
2272
2273 @smallexample
2274 @group
2275 input: /* empty */
2276 | input line
2277 ;
2278 @end group
2279
2280 @group
2281 line:
2282 '\n'
2283 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
2284 | error '\n' @{ yyerrok; @}
2285 ;
2286 @end group
2287
2288 @group
2289 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
2290 | VAR @{ $$ = $1->value.var; @}
2291 | VAR '=' exp @{ $$ = $3; $1->value.var = $3; @}
2292 | FNCT '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = (*($1->value.fnctptr))($3); @}
2293 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
2294 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
2295 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
2296 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
2297 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
2298 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
2299 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
2300 ;
2301 @end group
2302 /* End of grammar. */
2303 %%
2304 @end smallexample
2305
2306 @node Mfcalc Symtab
2307 @subsection The @code{mfcalc} Symbol Table
2308 @cindex symbol table example
2309
2310 The multi-function calculator requires a symbol table to keep track of the
2311 names and meanings of variables and functions. This doesn't affect the
2312 grammar rules (except for the actions) or the Bison declarations, but it
2313 requires some additional C functions for support.
2314
2315 The symbol table itself consists of a linked list of records. Its
2316 definition, which is kept in the header @file{calc.h}, is as follows. It
2317 provides for either functions or variables to be placed in the table.
2318
2319 @smallexample
2320 @group
2321 /* Function type. */
2322 typedef double (*func_t) (double);
2323 @end group
2324
2325 @group
2326 /* Data type for links in the chain of symbols. */
2327 struct symrec
2328 @{
2329 char *name; /* name of symbol */
2330 int type; /* type of symbol: either VAR or FNCT */
2331 union
2332 @{
2333 double var; /* value of a VAR */
2334 func_t fnctptr; /* value of a FNCT */
2335 @} value;
2336 struct symrec *next; /* link field */
2337 @};
2338 @end group
2339
2340 @group
2341 typedef struct symrec symrec;
2342
2343 /* The symbol table: a chain of `struct symrec'. */
2344 extern symrec *sym_table;
2345
2346 symrec *putsym (char const *, int);
2347 symrec *getsym (char const *);
2348 @end group
2349 @end smallexample
2350
2351 The new version of @code{main} includes a call to @code{init_table}, a
2352 function that initializes the symbol table. Here it is, and
2353 @code{init_table} as well:
2354
2355 @smallexample
2356 #include <stdio.h>
2357
2358 @group
2359 /* Called by yyparse on error. */
2360 void
2361 yyerror (char const *s)
2362 @{
2363 printf ("%s\n", s);
2364 @}
2365 @end group
2366
2367 @group
2368 struct init
2369 @{
2370 char const *fname;
2371 double (*fnct) (double);
2372 @};
2373 @end group
2374
2375 @group
2376 struct init const arith_fncts[] =
2377 @{
2378 "sin", sin,
2379 "cos", cos,
2380 "atan", atan,
2381 "ln", log,
2382 "exp", exp,
2383 "sqrt", sqrt,
2384 0, 0
2385 @};
2386 @end group
2387
2388 @group
2389 /* The symbol table: a chain of `struct symrec'. */
2390 symrec *sym_table;
2391 @end group
2392
2393 @group
2394 /* Put arithmetic functions in table. */
2395 void
2396 init_table (void)
2397 @{
2398 int i;
2399 symrec *ptr;
2400 for (i = 0; arith_fncts[i].fname != 0; i++)
2401 @{
2402 ptr = putsym (arith_fncts[i].fname, FNCT);
2403 ptr->value.fnctptr = arith_fncts[i].fnct;
2404 @}
2405 @}
2406 @end group
2407
2408 @group
2409 int
2410 main (void)
2411 @{
2412 init_table ();
2413 return yyparse ();
2414 @}
2415 @end group
2416 @end smallexample
2417
2418 By simply editing the initialization list and adding the necessary include
2419 files, you can add additional functions to the calculator.
2420
2421 Two important functions allow look-up and installation of symbols in the
2422 symbol table. The function @code{putsym} is passed a name and the type
2423 (@code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}) of the object to be installed. The object is
2424 linked to the front of the list, and a pointer to the object is returned.
2425 The function @code{getsym} is passed the name of the symbol to look up. If
2426 found, a pointer to that symbol is returned; otherwise zero is returned.
2427
2428 @smallexample
2429 symrec *
2430 putsym (char const *sym_name, int sym_type)
2431 @{
2432 symrec *ptr;
2433 ptr = (symrec *) malloc (sizeof (symrec));
2434 ptr->name = (char *) malloc (strlen (sym_name) + 1);
2435 strcpy (ptr->name,sym_name);
2436 ptr->type = sym_type;
2437 ptr->value.var = 0; /* Set value to 0 even if fctn. */
2438 ptr->next = (struct symrec *)sym_table;
2439 sym_table = ptr;
2440 return ptr;
2441 @}
2442
2443 symrec *
2444 getsym (char const *sym_name)
2445 @{
2446 symrec *ptr;
2447 for (ptr = sym_table; ptr != (symrec *) 0;
2448 ptr = (symrec *)ptr->next)
2449 if (strcmp (ptr->name,sym_name) == 0)
2450 return ptr;
2451 return 0;
2452 @}
2453 @end smallexample
2454
2455 The function @code{yylex} must now recognize variables, numeric values, and
2456 the single-character arithmetic operators. Strings of alphanumeric
2457 characters with a leading letter are recognized as either variables or
2458 functions depending on what the symbol table says about them.
2459
2460 The string is passed to @code{getsym} for look up in the symbol table. If
2461 the name appears in the table, a pointer to its location and its type
2462 (@code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}) is returned to @code{yyparse}. If it is not
2463 already in the table, then it is installed as a @code{VAR} using
2464 @code{putsym}. Again, a pointer and its type (which must be @code{VAR}) is
2465 returned to @code{yyparse}.
2466
2467 No change is needed in the handling of numeric values and arithmetic
2468 operators in @code{yylex}.
2469
2470 @smallexample
2471 @group
2472 #include <ctype.h>
2473 @end group
2474
2475 @group
2476 int
2477 yylex (void)
2478 @{
2479 int c;
2480
2481 /* Ignore white space, get first nonwhite character. */
2482 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t');
2483
2484 if (c == EOF)
2485 return 0;
2486 @end group
2487
2488 @group
2489 /* Char starts a number => parse the number. */
2490 if (c == '.' || isdigit (c))
2491 @{
2492 ungetc (c, stdin);
2493 scanf ("%lf", &yylval.val);
2494 return NUM;
2495 @}
2496 @end group
2497
2498 @group
2499 /* Char starts an identifier => read the name. */
2500 if (isalpha (c))
2501 @{
2502 symrec *s;
2503 static char *symbuf = 0;
2504 static int length = 0;
2505 int i;
2506 @end group
2507
2508 @group
2509 /* Initially make the buffer long enough
2510 for a 40-character symbol name. */
2511 if (length == 0)
2512 length = 40, symbuf = (char *)malloc (length + 1);
2513
2514 i = 0;
2515 do
2516 @end group
2517 @group
2518 @{
2519 /* If buffer is full, make it bigger. */
2520 if (i == length)
2521 @{
2522 length *= 2;
2523 symbuf = (char *) realloc (symbuf, length + 1);
2524 @}
2525 /* Add this character to the buffer. */
2526 symbuf[i++] = c;
2527 /* Get another character. */
2528 c = getchar ();
2529 @}
2530 @end group
2531 @group
2532 while (isalnum (c));
2533
2534 ungetc (c, stdin);
2535 symbuf[i] = '\0';
2536 @end group
2537
2538 @group
2539 s = getsym (symbuf);
2540 if (s == 0)
2541 s = putsym (symbuf, VAR);
2542 yylval.tptr = s;
2543 return s->type;
2544 @}
2545
2546 /* Any other character is a token by itself. */
2547 return c;
2548 @}
2549 @end group
2550 @end smallexample
2551
2552 This program is both powerful and flexible. You may easily add new
2553 functions, and it is a simple job to modify this code to install
2554 predefined variables such as @code{pi} or @code{e} as well.
2555
2556 @node Exercises
2557 @section Exercises
2558 @cindex exercises
2559
2560 @enumerate
2561 @item
2562 Add some new functions from @file{math.h} to the initialization list.
2563
2564 @item
2565 Add another array that contains constants and their values. Then
2566 modify @code{init_table} to add these constants to the symbol table.
2567 It will be easiest to give the constants type @code{VAR}.
2568
2569 @item
2570 Make the program report an error if the user refers to an
2571 uninitialized variable in any way except to store a value in it.
2572 @end enumerate
2573
2574 @node Grammar File
2575 @chapter Bison Grammar Files
2576
2577 Bison takes as input a context-free grammar specification and produces a
2578 C-language function that recognizes correct instances of the grammar.
2579
2580 The Bison grammar input file conventionally has a name ending in @samp{.y}.
2581 @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
2582
2583 @menu
2584 * Grammar Outline:: Overall layout of the grammar file.
2585 * Symbols:: Terminal and nonterminal symbols.
2586 * Rules:: How to write grammar rules.
2587 * Recursion:: Writing recursive rules.
2588 * Semantics:: Semantic values and actions.
2589 * Locations:: Locations and actions.
2590 * Declarations:: All kinds of Bison declarations are described here.
2591 * Multiple Parsers:: Putting more than one Bison parser in one program.
2592 @end menu
2593
2594 @node Grammar Outline
2595 @section Outline of a Bison Grammar
2596
2597 A Bison grammar file has four main sections, shown here with the
2598 appropriate delimiters:
2599
2600 @example
2601 %@{
2602 @var{Prologue}
2603 %@}
2604
2605 @var{Bison declarations}
2606
2607 %%
2608 @var{Grammar rules}
2609 %%
2610
2611 @var{Epilogue}
2612 @end example
2613
2614 Comments enclosed in @samp{/* @dots{} */} may appear in any of the sections.
2615 As a @acronym{GNU} extension, @samp{//} introduces a comment that
2616 continues until end of line.
2617
2618 @menu
2619 * Prologue:: Syntax and usage of the prologue.
2620 * Prologue Alternatives:: Syntax and usage of alternatives to the prologue.
2621 * Bison Declarations:: Syntax and usage of the Bison declarations section.
2622 * Grammar Rules:: Syntax and usage of the grammar rules section.
2623 * Epilogue:: Syntax and usage of the epilogue.
2624 @end menu
2625
2626 @node Prologue
2627 @subsection The prologue
2628 @cindex declarations section
2629 @cindex Prologue
2630 @cindex declarations
2631
2632 The @var{Prologue} section contains macro definitions and declarations
2633 of functions and variables that are used in the actions in the grammar
2634 rules. These are copied to the beginning of the parser file so that
2635 they precede the definition of @code{yyparse}. You can use
2636 @samp{#include} to get the declarations from a header file. If you
2637 don't need any C declarations, you may omit the @samp{%@{} and
2638 @samp{%@}} delimiters that bracket this section.
2639
2640 The @var{Prologue} section is terminated by the first occurrence
2641 of @samp{%@}} that is outside a comment, a string literal, or a
2642 character constant.
2643
2644 You may have more than one @var{Prologue} section, intermixed with the
2645 @var{Bison declarations}. This allows you to have C and Bison
2646 declarations that refer to each other. For example, the @code{%union}
2647 declaration may use types defined in a header file, and you may wish to
2648 prototype functions that take arguments of type @code{YYSTYPE}. This
2649 can be done with two @var{Prologue} blocks, one before and one after the
2650 @code{%union} declaration.
2651
2652 @smallexample
2653 %@{
2654 #define _GNU_SOURCE
2655 #include <stdio.h>
2656 #include "ptypes.h"
2657 %@}
2658
2659 %union @{
2660 long int n;
2661 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2662 @}
2663
2664 %@{
2665 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2666 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2667 %@}
2668
2669 @dots{}
2670 @end smallexample
2671
2672 When in doubt, it is usually safer to put prologue code before all
2673 Bison declarations, rather than after. For example, any definitions
2674 of feature test macros like @code{_GNU_SOURCE} or
2675 @code{_POSIX_C_SOURCE} should appear before all Bison declarations, as
2676 feature test macros can affect the behavior of Bison-generated
2677 @code{#include} directives.
2678
2679 @node Prologue Alternatives
2680 @subsection Prologue Alternatives
2681 @cindex Prologue Alternatives
2682
2683 @findex %code
2684 @findex %code requires
2685 @findex %code provides
2686 @findex %code top
2687 (The prologue alternatives described here are experimental.
2688 More user feedback will help to determine whether they should become permanent
2689 features.)
2690
2691 The functionality of @var{Prologue} sections can often be subtle and
2692 inflexible.
2693 As an alternative, Bison provides a %code directive with an explicit qualifier
2694 field, which identifies the purpose of the code and thus the location(s) where
2695 Bison should generate it.
2696 For C/C++, the qualifier can be omitted for the default location, or it can be
2697 @code{requires}, @code{provides}, or @code{top}.
2698 @xref{Decl Summary,,%code}.
2699
2700 Look again at the example of the previous section:
2701
2702 @smallexample
2703 %@{
2704 #define _GNU_SOURCE
2705 #include <stdio.h>
2706 #include "ptypes.h"
2707 %@}
2708
2709 %union @{
2710 long int n;
2711 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2712 @}
2713
2714 %@{
2715 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2716 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2717 %@}
2718
2719 @dots{}
2720 @end smallexample
2721
2722 @noindent
2723 Notice that there are two @var{Prologue} sections here, but there's a subtle
2724 distinction between their functionality.
2725 For example, if you decide to override Bison's default definition for
2726 @code{YYLTYPE}, in which @var{Prologue} section should you write your new
2727 definition?
2728 You should write it in the first since Bison will insert that code into the
2729 parser source code file @emph{before} the default @code{YYLTYPE} definition.
2730 In which @var{Prologue} section should you prototype an internal function,
2731 @code{trace_token}, that accepts @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yytokentype} as
2732 arguments?
2733 You should prototype it in the second since Bison will insert that code
2734 @emph{after} the @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yytokentype} definitions.
2735
2736 This distinction in functionality between the two @var{Prologue} sections is
2737 established by the appearance of the @code{%union} between them.
2738 This behavior raises a few questions.
2739 First, why should the position of a @code{%union} affect definitions related to
2740 @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yytokentype}?
2741 Second, what if there is no @code{%union}?
2742 In that case, the second kind of @var{Prologue} section is not available.
2743 This behavior is not intuitive.
2744
2745 To avoid this subtle @code{%union} dependency, rewrite the example using a
2746 @code{%code top} and an unqualified @code{%code}.
2747 Let's go ahead and add the new @code{YYLTYPE} definition and the
2748 @code{trace_token} prototype at the same time:
2749
2750 @smallexample
2751 %code top @{
2752 #define _GNU_SOURCE
2753 #include <stdio.h>
2754
2755 /* WARNING: The following code really belongs
2756 * in a `%code requires'; see below. */
2757
2758 #include "ptypes.h"
2759 #define YYLTYPE YYLTYPE
2760 typedef struct YYLTYPE
2761 @{
2762 int first_line;
2763 int first_column;
2764 int last_line;
2765 int last_column;
2766 char *filename;
2767 @} YYLTYPE;
2768 @}
2769
2770 %union @{
2771 long int n;
2772 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2773 @}
2774
2775 %code @{
2776 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2777 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2778 static void trace_token (enum yytokentype token, YYLTYPE loc);
2779 @}
2780
2781 @dots{}
2782 @end smallexample
2783
2784 @noindent
2785 In this way, @code{%code top} and the unqualified @code{%code} achieve the same
2786 functionality as the two kinds of @var{Prologue} sections, but it's always
2787 explicit which kind you intend.
2788 Moreover, both kinds are always available even in the absence of @code{%union}.
2789
2790 The @code{%code top} block above logically contains two parts.
2791 The first two lines before the warning need to appear near the top of the
2792 parser source code file.
2793 The first line after the warning is required by @code{YYSTYPE} and thus also
2794 needs to appear in the parser source code file.
2795 However, if you've instructed Bison to generate a parser header file
2796 (@pxref{Decl Summary, ,%defines}), you probably want that line to appear before
2797 the @code{YYSTYPE} definition in that header file as well.
2798 The @code{YYLTYPE} definition should also appear in the parser header file to
2799 override the default @code{YYLTYPE} definition there.
2800
2801 In other words, in the @code{%code top} block above, all but the first two
2802 lines are dependency code required by the @code{YYSTYPE} and @code{YYLTYPE}
2803 definitions.
2804 Thus, they belong in one or more @code{%code requires}:
2805
2806 @smallexample
2807 %code top @{
2808 #define _GNU_SOURCE
2809 #include <stdio.h>
2810 @}
2811
2812 %code requires @{
2813 #include "ptypes.h"
2814 @}
2815 %union @{
2816 long int n;
2817 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2818 @}
2819
2820 %code requires @{
2821 #define YYLTYPE YYLTYPE
2822 typedef struct YYLTYPE
2823 @{
2824 int first_line;
2825 int first_column;
2826 int last_line;
2827 int last_column;
2828 char *filename;
2829 @} YYLTYPE;
2830 @}
2831
2832 %code @{
2833 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2834 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2835 static void trace_token (enum yytokentype token, YYLTYPE loc);
2836 @}
2837
2838 @dots{}
2839 @end smallexample
2840
2841 @noindent
2842 Now Bison will insert @code{#include "ptypes.h"} and the new @code{YYLTYPE}
2843 definition before the Bison-generated @code{YYSTYPE} and @code{YYLTYPE}
2844 definitions in both the parser source code file and the parser header file.
2845 (By the same reasoning, @code{%code requires} would also be the appropriate
2846 place to write your own definition for @code{YYSTYPE}.)
2847
2848 When you are writing dependency code for @code{YYSTYPE} and @code{YYLTYPE}, you
2849 should prefer @code{%code requires} over @code{%code top} regardless of whether
2850 you instruct Bison to generate a parser header file.
2851 When you are writing code that you need Bison to insert only into the parser
2852 source code file and that has no special need to appear at the top of that
2853 file, you should prefer the unqualified @code{%code} over @code{%code top}.
2854 These practices will make the purpose of each block of your code explicit to
2855 Bison and to other developers reading your grammar file.
2856 Following these practices, we expect the unqualified @code{%code} and
2857 @code{%code requires} to be the most important of the four @var{Prologue}
2858 alternatives.
2859
2860 At some point while developing your parser, you might decide to provide
2861 @code{trace_token} to modules that are external to your parser.
2862 Thus, you might wish for Bison to insert the prototype into both the parser
2863 header file and the parser source code file.
2864 Since this function is not a dependency required by @code{YYSTYPE} or
2865 @code{YYLTYPE}, it doesn't make sense to move its prototype to a
2866 @code{%code requires}.
2867 More importantly, since it depends upon @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yytokentype},
2868 @code{%code requires} is not sufficient.
2869 Instead, move its prototype from the unqualified @code{%code} to a
2870 @code{%code provides}:
2871
2872 @smallexample
2873 %code top @{
2874 #define _GNU_SOURCE
2875 #include <stdio.h>
2876 @}
2877
2878 %code requires @{
2879 #include "ptypes.h"
2880 @}
2881 %union @{
2882 long int n;
2883 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2884 @}
2885
2886 %code requires @{
2887 #define YYLTYPE YYLTYPE
2888 typedef struct YYLTYPE
2889 @{
2890 int first_line;
2891 int first_column;
2892 int last_line;
2893 int last_column;
2894 char *filename;
2895 @} YYLTYPE;
2896 @}
2897
2898 %code provides @{
2899 void trace_token (enum yytokentype token, YYLTYPE loc);
2900 @}
2901
2902 %code @{
2903 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2904 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2905 @}
2906
2907 @dots{}
2908 @end smallexample
2909
2910 @noindent
2911 Bison will insert the @code{trace_token} prototype into both the parser header
2912 file and the parser source code file after the definitions for
2913 @code{yytokentype}, @code{YYLTYPE}, and @code{YYSTYPE}.
2914
2915 The above examples are careful to write directives in an order that reflects
2916 the layout of the generated parser source code and header files:
2917 @code{%code top}, @code{%code requires}, @code{%code provides}, and then
2918 @code{%code}.
2919 While your grammar files may generally be easier to read if you also follow
2920 this order, Bison does not require it.
2921 Instead, Bison lets you choose an organization that makes sense to you.
2922
2923 You may declare any of these directives multiple times in the grammar file.
2924 In that case, Bison concatenates the contained code in declaration order.
2925 This is the only way in which the position of one of these directives within
2926 the grammar file affects its functionality.
2927
2928 The result of the previous two properties is greater flexibility in how you may
2929 organize your grammar file.
2930 For example, you may organize semantic-type-related directives by semantic
2931 type:
2932
2933 @smallexample
2934 %code requires @{ #include "type1.h" @}
2935 %union @{ type1 field1; @}
2936 %destructor @{ type1_free ($$); @} <field1>
2937 %printer @{ type1_print ($$); @} <field1>
2938
2939 %code requires @{ #include "type2.h" @}
2940 %union @{ type2 field2; @}
2941 %destructor @{ type2_free ($$); @} <field2>
2942 %printer @{ type2_print ($$); @} <field2>
2943 @end smallexample
2944
2945 @noindent
2946 You could even place each of the above directive groups in the rules section of
2947 the grammar file next to the set of rules that uses the associated semantic
2948 type.
2949 And you don't have to worry that some directive (like a @code{%union}) in the
2950 definitions section is going to adversely affect their functionality in some
2951 counter-intuitive manner just because it comes first.
2952 Such an organization is not possible using @var{Prologue} sections.
2953
2954 This section has been concerned with explaining the advantages of the four
2955 @var{Prologue} alternatives over the original Yacc @var{Prologue}.
2956 However, in most cases when using these directives, you shouldn't need to
2957 think about all the low-level ordering issues discussed here.
2958 Instead, you should simply use these directives to label each block of your
2959 code according to its purpose and let Bison handle the ordering.
2960 @code{%code} is the most generic label.
2961 Move code to @code{%code requires}, @code{%code provides}, or @code{%code top}
2962 as needed.
2963
2964 @node Bison Declarations
2965 @subsection The Bison Declarations Section
2966 @cindex Bison declarations (introduction)
2967 @cindex declarations, Bison (introduction)
2968
2969 The @var{Bison declarations} section contains declarations that define
2970 terminal and nonterminal symbols, specify precedence, and so on.
2971 In some simple grammars you may not need any declarations.
2972 @xref{Declarations, ,Bison Declarations}.
2973
2974 @node Grammar Rules
2975 @subsection The Grammar Rules Section
2976 @cindex grammar rules section
2977 @cindex rules section for grammar
2978
2979 The @dfn{grammar rules} section contains one or more Bison grammar
2980 rules, and nothing else. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
2981
2982 There must always be at least one grammar rule, and the first
2983 @samp{%%} (which precedes the grammar rules) may never be omitted even
2984 if it is the first thing in the file.
2985
2986 @node Epilogue
2987 @subsection The epilogue
2988 @cindex additional C code section
2989 @cindex epilogue
2990 @cindex C code, section for additional
2991
2992 The @var{Epilogue} is copied verbatim to the end of the parser file, just as
2993 the @var{Prologue} is copied to the beginning. This is the most convenient
2994 place to put anything that you want to have in the parser file but which need
2995 not come before the definition of @code{yyparse}. For example, the
2996 definitions of @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} often go here. Because
2997 C requires functions to be declared before being used, you often need
2998 to declare functions like @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} in the Prologue,
2999 even if you define them in the Epilogue.
3000 @xref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}.
3001
3002 If the last section is empty, you may omit the @samp{%%} that separates it
3003 from the grammar rules.
3004
3005 The Bison parser itself contains many macros and identifiers whose names
3006 start with @samp{yy} or @samp{YY}, so it is a good idea to avoid using
3007 any such names (except those documented in this manual) in the epilogue
3008 of the grammar file.
3009
3010 @node Symbols
3011 @section Symbols, Terminal and Nonterminal
3012 @cindex nonterminal symbol
3013 @cindex terminal symbol
3014 @cindex token type
3015 @cindex symbol
3016
3017 @dfn{Symbols} in Bison grammars represent the grammatical classifications
3018 of the language.
3019
3020 A @dfn{terminal symbol} (also known as a @dfn{token type}) represents a
3021 class of syntactically equivalent tokens. You use the symbol in grammar
3022 rules to mean that a token in that class is allowed. The symbol is
3023 represented in the Bison parser by a numeric code, and the @code{yylex}
3024 function returns a token type code to indicate what kind of token has
3025 been read. You don't need to know what the code value is; you can use
3026 the symbol to stand for it.
3027
3028 A @dfn{nonterminal symbol} stands for a class of syntactically
3029 equivalent groupings. The symbol name is used in writing grammar rules.
3030 By convention, it should be all lower case.
3031
3032 Symbol names can contain letters, digits (not at the beginning),
3033 underscores and periods. Periods make sense only in nonterminals.
3034
3035 There are three ways of writing terminal symbols in the grammar:
3036
3037 @itemize @bullet
3038 @item
3039 A @dfn{named token type} is written with an identifier, like an
3040 identifier in C@. By convention, it should be all upper case. Each
3041 such name must be defined with a Bison declaration such as
3042 @code{%token}. @xref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}.
3043
3044 @item
3045 @cindex character token
3046 @cindex literal token
3047 @cindex single-character literal
3048 A @dfn{character token type} (or @dfn{literal character token}) is
3049 written in the grammar using the same syntax used in C for character
3050 constants; for example, @code{'+'} is a character token type. A
3051 character token type doesn't need to be declared unless you need to
3052 specify its semantic value data type (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of
3053 Semantic Values}), associativity, or precedence (@pxref{Precedence,
3054 ,Operator Precedence}).
3055
3056 By convention, a character token type is used only to represent a
3057 token that consists of that particular character. Thus, the token
3058 type @code{'+'} is used to represent the character @samp{+} as a
3059 token. Nothing enforces this convention, but if you depart from it,
3060 your program will confuse other readers.
3061
3062 All the usual escape sequences used in character literals in C can be
3063 used in Bison as well, but you must not use the null character as a
3064 character literal because its numeric code, zero, signifies
3065 end-of-input (@pxref{Calling Convention, ,Calling Convention
3066 for @code{yylex}}). Also, unlike standard C, trigraphs have no
3067 special meaning in Bison character literals, nor is backslash-newline
3068 allowed.
3069
3070 @item
3071 @cindex string token
3072 @cindex literal string token
3073 @cindex multicharacter literal
3074 A @dfn{literal string token} is written like a C string constant; for
3075 example, @code{"<="} is a literal string token. A literal string token
3076 doesn't need to be declared unless you need to specify its semantic
3077 value data type (@pxref{Value Type}), associativity, or precedence
3078 (@pxref{Precedence}).
3079
3080 You can associate the literal string token with a symbolic name as an
3081 alias, using the @code{%token} declaration (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token
3082 Declarations}). If you don't do that, the lexical analyzer has to
3083 retrieve the token number for the literal string token from the
3084 @code{yytname} table (@pxref{Calling Convention}).
3085
3086 @strong{Warning}: literal string tokens do not work in Yacc.
3087
3088 By convention, a literal string token is used only to represent a token
3089 that consists of that particular string. Thus, you should use the token
3090 type @code{"<="} to represent the string @samp{<=} as a token. Bison
3091 does not enforce this convention, but if you depart from it, people who
3092 read your program will be confused.
3093
3094 All the escape sequences used in string literals in C can be used in
3095 Bison as well, except that you must not use a null character within a
3096 string literal. Also, unlike Standard C, trigraphs have no special
3097 meaning in Bison string literals, nor is backslash-newline allowed. A
3098 literal string token must contain two or more characters; for a token
3099 containing just one character, use a character token (see above).
3100 @end itemize
3101
3102 How you choose to write a terminal symbol has no effect on its
3103 grammatical meaning. That depends only on where it appears in rules and
3104 on when the parser function returns that symbol.
3105
3106 The value returned by @code{yylex} is always one of the terminal
3107 symbols, except that a zero or negative value signifies end-of-input.
3108 Whichever way you write the token type in the grammar rules, you write
3109 it the same way in the definition of @code{yylex}. The numeric code
3110 for a character token type is simply the positive numeric code of the
3111 character, so @code{yylex} can use the identical value to generate the
3112 requisite code, though you may need to convert it to @code{unsigned
3113 char} to avoid sign-extension on hosts where @code{char} is signed.
3114 Each named token type becomes a C macro in
3115 the parser file, so @code{yylex} can use the name to stand for the code.
3116 (This is why periods don't make sense in terminal symbols.)
3117 @xref{Calling Convention, ,Calling Convention for @code{yylex}}.
3118
3119 If @code{yylex} is defined in a separate file, you need to arrange for the
3120 token-type macro definitions to be available there. Use the @samp{-d}
3121 option when you run Bison, so that it will write these macro definitions
3122 into a separate header file @file{@var{name}.tab.h} which you can include
3123 in the other source files that need it. @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
3124
3125 If you want to write a grammar that is portable to any Standard C
3126 host, you must use only nonnull character tokens taken from the basic
3127 execution character set of Standard C@. This set consists of the ten
3128 digits, the 52 lower- and upper-case English letters, and the
3129 characters in the following C-language string:
3130
3131 @example
3132 "\a\b\t\n\v\f\r !\"#%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?[\\]^_@{|@}~"
3133 @end example
3134
3135 The @code{yylex} function and Bison must use a consistent character set
3136 and encoding for character tokens. For example, if you run Bison in an
3137 @acronym{ASCII} environment, but then compile and run the resulting
3138 program in an environment that uses an incompatible character set like
3139 @acronym{EBCDIC}, the resulting program may not work because the tables
3140 generated by Bison will assume @acronym{ASCII} numeric values for
3141 character tokens. It is standard practice for software distributions to
3142 contain C source files that were generated by Bison in an
3143 @acronym{ASCII} environment, so installers on platforms that are
3144 incompatible with @acronym{ASCII} must rebuild those files before
3145 compiling them.
3146
3147 The symbol @code{error} is a terminal symbol reserved for error recovery
3148 (@pxref{Error Recovery}); you shouldn't use it for any other purpose.
3149 In particular, @code{yylex} should never return this value. The default
3150 value of the error token is 256, unless you explicitly assigned 256 to
3151 one of your tokens with a @code{%token} declaration.
3152
3153 @node Rules
3154 @section Syntax of Grammar Rules
3155 @cindex rule syntax
3156 @cindex grammar rule syntax
3157 @cindex syntax of grammar rules
3158
3159 A Bison grammar rule has the following general form:
3160
3161 @example
3162 @group
3163 @var{result}: @var{components}@dots{}
3164 ;
3165 @end group
3166 @end example
3167
3168 @noindent
3169 where @var{result} is the nonterminal symbol that this rule describes,
3170 and @var{components} are various terminal and nonterminal symbols that
3171 are put together by this rule (@pxref{Symbols}).
3172
3173 For example,
3174
3175 @example
3176 @group
3177 exp: exp '+' exp
3178 ;
3179 @end group
3180 @end example
3181
3182 @noindent
3183 says that two groupings of type @code{exp}, with a @samp{+} token in between,
3184 can be combined into a larger grouping of type @code{exp}.
3185
3186 White space in rules is significant only to separate symbols. You can add
3187 extra white space as you wish.
3188
3189 Scattered among the components can be @var{actions} that determine
3190 the semantics of the rule. An action looks like this:
3191
3192 @example
3193 @{@var{C statements}@}
3194 @end example
3195
3196 @noindent
3197 @cindex braced code
3198 This is an example of @dfn{braced code}, that is, C code surrounded by
3199 braces, much like a compound statement in C@. Braced code can contain
3200 any sequence of C tokens, so long as its braces are balanced. Bison
3201 does not check the braced code for correctness directly; it merely
3202 copies the code to the output file, where the C compiler can check it.
3203
3204 Within braced code, the balanced-brace count is not affected by braces
3205 within comments, string literals, or character constants, but it is
3206 affected by the C digraphs @samp{<%} and @samp{%>} that represent
3207 braces. At the top level braced code must be terminated by @samp{@}}
3208 and not by a digraph. Bison does not look for trigraphs, so if braced
3209 code uses trigraphs you should ensure that they do not affect the
3210 nesting of braces or the boundaries of comments, string literals, or
3211 character constants.
3212
3213 Usually there is only one action and it follows the components.
3214 @xref{Actions}.
3215
3216 @findex |
3217 Multiple rules for the same @var{result} can be written separately or can
3218 be joined with the vertical-bar character @samp{|} as follows:
3219
3220 @example
3221 @group
3222 @var{result}: @var{rule1-components}@dots{}
3223 | @var{rule2-components}@dots{}
3224 @dots{}
3225 ;
3226 @end group
3227 @end example
3228
3229 @noindent
3230 They are still considered distinct rules even when joined in this way.
3231
3232 If @var{components} in a rule is empty, it means that @var{result} can
3233 match the empty string. For example, here is how to define a
3234 comma-separated sequence of zero or more @code{exp} groupings:
3235
3236 @example
3237 @group
3238 expseq: /* empty */
3239 | expseq1
3240 ;
3241 @end group
3242
3243 @group
3244 expseq1: exp
3245 | expseq1 ',' exp
3246 ;
3247 @end group
3248 @end example
3249
3250 @noindent
3251 It is customary to write a comment @samp{/* empty */} in each rule
3252 with no components.
3253
3254 @node Recursion
3255 @section Recursive Rules
3256 @cindex recursive rule
3257
3258 A rule is called @dfn{recursive} when its @var{result} nonterminal
3259 appears also on its right hand side. Nearly all Bison grammars need to
3260 use recursion, because that is the only way to define a sequence of any
3261 number of a particular thing. Consider this recursive definition of a
3262 comma-separated sequence of one or more expressions:
3263
3264 @example
3265 @group
3266 expseq1: exp
3267 | expseq1 ',' exp
3268 ;
3269 @end group
3270 @end example
3271
3272 @cindex left recursion
3273 @cindex right recursion
3274 @noindent
3275 Since the recursive use of @code{expseq1} is the leftmost symbol in the
3276 right hand side, we call this @dfn{left recursion}. By contrast, here
3277 the same construct is defined using @dfn{right recursion}:
3278
3279 @example
3280 @group
3281 expseq1: exp
3282 | exp ',' expseq1
3283 ;
3284 @end group
3285 @end example
3286
3287 @noindent
3288 Any kind of sequence can be defined using either left recursion or right
3289 recursion, but you should always use left recursion, because it can
3290 parse a sequence of any number of elements with bounded stack space.
3291 Right recursion uses up space on the Bison stack in proportion to the
3292 number of elements in the sequence, because all the elements must be
3293 shifted onto the stack before the rule can be applied even once.
3294 @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}, for further explanation
3295 of this.
3296
3297 @cindex mutual recursion
3298 @dfn{Indirect} or @dfn{mutual} recursion occurs when the result of the
3299 rule does not appear directly on its right hand side, but does appear
3300 in rules for other nonterminals which do appear on its right hand
3301 side.
3302
3303 For example:
3304
3305 @example
3306 @group
3307 expr: primary
3308 | primary '+' primary
3309 ;
3310 @end group
3311
3312 @group
3313 primary: constant
3314 | '(' expr ')'
3315 ;
3316 @end group
3317 @end example
3318
3319 @noindent
3320 defines two mutually-recursive nonterminals, since each refers to the
3321 other.
3322
3323 @node Semantics
3324 @section Defining Language Semantics
3325 @cindex defining language semantics
3326 @cindex language semantics, defining
3327
3328 The grammar rules for a language determine only the syntax. The semantics
3329 are determined by the semantic values associated with various tokens and
3330 groupings, and by the actions taken when various groupings are recognized.
3331
3332 For example, the calculator calculates properly because the value
3333 associated with each expression is the proper number; it adds properly
3334 because the action for the grouping @w{@samp{@var{x} + @var{y}}} is to add
3335 the numbers associated with @var{x} and @var{y}.
3336
3337 @menu
3338 * Value Type:: Specifying one data type for all semantic values.
3339 * Multiple Types:: Specifying several alternative data types.
3340 * Actions:: An action is the semantic definition of a grammar rule.
3341 * Action Types:: Specifying data types for actions to operate on.
3342 * Mid-Rule Actions:: Most actions go at the end of a rule.
3343 This says when, why and how to use the exceptional
3344 action in the middle of a rule.
3345 @end menu
3346
3347 @node Value Type
3348 @subsection Data Types of Semantic Values
3349 @cindex semantic value type
3350 @cindex value type, semantic
3351 @cindex data types of semantic values
3352 @cindex default data type
3353
3354 In a simple program it may be sufficient to use the same data type for
3355 the semantic values of all language constructs. This was true in the
3356 @acronym{RPN} and infix calculator examples (@pxref{RPN Calc, ,Reverse Polish
3357 Notation Calculator}).
3358
3359 Bison normally uses the type @code{int} for semantic values if your
3360 program uses the same data type for all language constructs. To
3361 specify some other type, define @code{YYSTYPE} as a macro, like this:
3362
3363 @example
3364 #define YYSTYPE double
3365 @end example
3366
3367 @noindent
3368 @code{YYSTYPE}'s replacement list should be a type name
3369 that does not contain parentheses or square brackets.
3370 This macro definition must go in the prologue of the grammar file
3371 (@pxref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison Grammar}).
3372
3373 @node Multiple Types
3374 @subsection More Than One Value Type
3375
3376 In most programs, you will need different data types for different kinds
3377 of tokens and groupings. For example, a numeric constant may need type
3378 @code{int} or @code{long int}, while a string constant needs type
3379 @code{char *}, and an identifier might need a pointer to an entry in the
3380 symbol table.
3381
3382 To use more than one data type for semantic values in one parser, Bison
3383 requires you to do two things:
3384
3385 @itemize @bullet
3386 @item
3387 Specify the entire collection of possible data types, either by using the
3388 @code{%union} Bison declaration (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of
3389 Value Types}), or by using a @code{typedef} or a @code{#define} to
3390 define @code{YYSTYPE} to be a union type whose member names are
3391 the type tags.
3392
3393 @item
3394 Choose one of those types for each symbol (terminal or nonterminal) for
3395 which semantic values are used. This is done for tokens with the
3396 @code{%token} Bison declaration (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names})
3397 and for groupings with the @code{%type} Bison declaration (@pxref{Type
3398 Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
3399 @end itemize
3400
3401 @node Actions
3402 @subsection Actions
3403 @cindex action
3404 @vindex $$
3405 @vindex $@var{n}
3406
3407 An action accompanies a syntactic rule and contains C code to be executed
3408 each time an instance of that rule is recognized. The task of most actions
3409 is to compute a semantic value for the grouping built by the rule from the
3410 semantic values associated with tokens or smaller groupings.
3411
3412 An action consists of braced code containing C statements, and can be
3413 placed at any position in the rule;
3414 it is executed at that position. Most rules have just one action at the
3415 end of the rule, following all the components. Actions in the middle of
3416 a rule are tricky and used only for special purposes (@pxref{Mid-Rule
3417 Actions, ,Actions in Mid-Rule}).
3418
3419 The C code in an action can refer to the semantic values of the components
3420 matched by the rule with the construct @code{$@var{n}}, which stands for
3421 the value of the @var{n}th component. The semantic value for the grouping
3422 being constructed is @code{$$}. Bison translates both of these
3423 constructs into expressions of the appropriate type when it copies the
3424 actions into the parser file. @code{$$} is translated to a modifiable
3425 lvalue, so it can be assigned to.
3426
3427 Here is a typical example:
3428
3429 @example
3430 @group
3431 exp: @dots{}
3432 | exp '+' exp
3433 @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
3434 @end group
3435 @end example
3436
3437 @noindent
3438 This rule constructs an @code{exp} from two smaller @code{exp} groupings
3439 connected by a plus-sign token. In the action, @code{$1} and @code{$3}
3440 refer to the semantic values of the two component @code{exp} groupings,
3441 which are the first and third symbols on the right hand side of the rule.
3442 The sum is stored into @code{$$} so that it becomes the semantic value of
3443 the addition-expression just recognized by the rule. If there were a
3444 useful semantic value associated with the @samp{+} token, it could be
3445 referred to as @code{$2}.
3446
3447 Note that the vertical-bar character @samp{|} is really a rule
3448 separator, and actions are attached to a single rule. This is a
3449 difference with tools like Flex, for which @samp{|} stands for either
3450 ``or'', or ``the same action as that of the next rule''. In the
3451 following example, the action is triggered only when @samp{b} is found:
3452
3453 @example
3454 @group
3455 a-or-b: 'a'|'b' @{ a_or_b_found = 1; @};
3456 @end group
3457 @end example
3458
3459 @cindex default action
3460 If you don't specify an action for a rule, Bison supplies a default:
3461 @w{@code{$$ = $1}.} Thus, the value of the first symbol in the rule
3462 becomes the value of the whole rule. Of course, the default action is
3463 valid only if the two data types match. There is no meaningful default
3464 action for an empty rule; every empty rule must have an explicit action
3465 unless the rule's value does not matter.
3466
3467 @code{$@var{n}} with @var{n} zero or negative is allowed for reference
3468 to tokens and groupings on the stack @emph{before} those that match the
3469 current rule. This is a very risky practice, and to use it reliably
3470 you must be certain of the context in which the rule is applied. Here
3471 is a case in which you can use this reliably:
3472
3473 @example
3474 @group
3475 foo: expr bar '+' expr @{ @dots{} @}
3476 | expr bar '-' expr @{ @dots{} @}
3477 ;
3478 @end group
3479
3480 @group
3481 bar: /* empty */
3482 @{ previous_expr = $0; @}
3483 ;
3484 @end group
3485 @end example
3486
3487 As long as @code{bar} is used only in the fashion shown here, @code{$0}
3488 always refers to the @code{expr} which precedes @code{bar} in the
3489 definition of @code{foo}.
3490
3491 @vindex yylval
3492 It is also possible to access the semantic value of the lookahead token, if
3493 any, from a semantic action.
3494 This semantic value is stored in @code{yylval}.
3495 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
3496
3497 @node Action Types
3498 @subsection Data Types of Values in Actions
3499 @cindex action data types
3500 @cindex data types in actions
3501
3502 If you have chosen a single data type for semantic values, the @code{$$}
3503 and @code{$@var{n}} constructs always have that data type.
3504
3505 If you have used @code{%union} to specify a variety of data types, then you
3506 must declare a choice among these types for each terminal or nonterminal
3507 symbol that can have a semantic value. Then each time you use @code{$$} or
3508 @code{$@var{n}}, its data type is determined by which symbol it refers to
3509 in the rule. In this example,
3510
3511 @example
3512 @group
3513 exp: @dots{}
3514 | exp '+' exp
3515 @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
3516 @end group
3517 @end example
3518
3519 @noindent
3520 @code{$1} and @code{$3} refer to instances of @code{exp}, so they all
3521 have the data type declared for the nonterminal symbol @code{exp}. If
3522 @code{$2} were used, it would have the data type declared for the
3523 terminal symbol @code{'+'}, whatever that might be.
3524
3525 Alternatively, you can specify the data type when you refer to the value,
3526 by inserting @samp{<@var{type}>} after the @samp{$} at the beginning of the
3527 reference. For example, if you have defined types as shown here:
3528
3529 @example
3530 @group
3531 %union @{
3532 int itype;
3533 double dtype;
3534 @}
3535 @end group
3536 @end example
3537
3538 @noindent
3539 then you can write @code{$<itype>1} to refer to the first subunit of the
3540 rule as an integer, or @code{$<dtype>1} to refer to it as a double.
3541
3542 @node Mid-Rule Actions
3543 @subsection Actions in Mid-Rule
3544 @cindex actions in mid-rule
3545 @cindex mid-rule actions
3546
3547 Occasionally it is useful to put an action in the middle of a rule.
3548 These actions are written just like usual end-of-rule actions, but they
3549 are executed before the parser even recognizes the following components.
3550
3551 A mid-rule action may refer to the components preceding it using
3552 @code{$@var{n}}, but it may not refer to subsequent components because
3553 it is run before they are parsed.
3554
3555 The mid-rule action itself counts as one of the components of the rule.
3556 This makes a difference when there is another action later in the same rule
3557 (and usually there is another at the end): you have to count the actions
3558 along with the symbols when working out which number @var{n} to use in
3559 @code{$@var{n}}.
3560
3561 The mid-rule action can also have a semantic value. The action can set
3562 its value with an assignment to @code{$$}, and actions later in the rule
3563 can refer to the value using @code{$@var{n}}. Since there is no symbol
3564 to name the action, there is no way to declare a data type for the value
3565 in advance, so you must use the @samp{$<@dots{}>@var{n}} construct to
3566 specify a data type each time you refer to this value.
3567
3568 There is no way to set the value of the entire rule with a mid-rule
3569 action, because assignments to @code{$$} do not have that effect. The
3570 only way to set the value for the entire rule is with an ordinary action
3571 at the end of the rule.
3572
3573 Here is an example from a hypothetical compiler, handling a @code{let}
3574 statement that looks like @samp{let (@var{variable}) @var{statement}} and
3575 serves to create a variable named @var{variable} temporarily for the
3576 duration of @var{statement}. To parse this construct, we must put
3577 @var{variable} into the symbol table while @var{statement} is parsed, then
3578 remove it afterward. Here is how it is done:
3579
3580 @example
3581 @group
3582 stmt: LET '(' var ')'
3583 @{ $<context>$ = push_context ();
3584 declare_variable ($3); @}
3585 stmt @{ $$ = $6;
3586 pop_context ($<context>5); @}
3587 @end group
3588 @end example
3589
3590 @noindent
3591 As soon as @samp{let (@var{variable})} has been recognized, the first
3592 action is run. It saves a copy of the current semantic context (the
3593 list of accessible variables) as its semantic value, using alternative
3594 @code{context} in the data-type union. Then it calls
3595 @code{declare_variable} to add the new variable to that list. Once the
3596 first action is finished, the embedded statement @code{stmt} can be
3597 parsed. Note that the mid-rule action is component number 5, so the
3598 @samp{stmt} is component number 6.
3599
3600 After the embedded statement is parsed, its semantic value becomes the
3601 value of the entire @code{let}-statement. Then the semantic value from the
3602 earlier action is used to restore the prior list of variables. This
3603 removes the temporary @code{let}-variable from the list so that it won't
3604 appear to exist while the rest of the program is parsed.
3605
3606 @findex %destructor
3607 @cindex discarded symbols, mid-rule actions
3608 @cindex error recovery, mid-rule actions
3609 In the above example, if the parser initiates error recovery (@pxref{Error
3610 Recovery}) while parsing the tokens in the embedded statement @code{stmt},
3611 it might discard the previous semantic context @code{$<context>5} without
3612 restoring it.
3613 Thus, @code{$<context>5} needs a destructor (@pxref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing
3614 Discarded Symbols}).
3615 However, Bison currently provides no means to declare a destructor specific to
3616 a particular mid-rule action's semantic value.
3617
3618 One solution is to bury the mid-rule action inside a nonterminal symbol and to
3619 declare a destructor for that symbol:
3620
3621 @example
3622 @group
3623 %type <context> let
3624 %destructor @{ pop_context ($$); @} let
3625
3626 %%
3627
3628 stmt: let stmt
3629 @{ $$ = $2;
3630 pop_context ($1); @}
3631 ;
3632
3633 let: LET '(' var ')'
3634 @{ $$ = push_context ();
3635 declare_variable ($3); @}
3636 ;
3637
3638 @end group
3639 @end example
3640
3641 @noindent
3642 Note that the action is now at the end of its rule.
3643 Any mid-rule action can be converted to an end-of-rule action in this way, and
3644 this is what Bison actually does to implement mid-rule actions.
3645
3646 Taking action before a rule is completely recognized often leads to
3647 conflicts since the parser must commit to a parse in order to execute the
3648 action. For example, the following two rules, without mid-rule actions,
3649 can coexist in a working parser because the parser can shift the open-brace
3650 token and look at what follows before deciding whether there is a
3651 declaration or not:
3652
3653 @example
3654 @group
3655 compound: '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3656 | '@{' statements '@}'
3657 ;
3658 @end group
3659 @end example
3660
3661 @noindent
3662 But when we add a mid-rule action as follows, the rules become nonfunctional:
3663
3664 @example
3665 @group
3666 compound: @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3667 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3668 @end group
3669 @group
3670 | '@{' statements '@}'
3671 ;
3672 @end group
3673 @end example
3674
3675 @noindent
3676 Now the parser is forced to decide whether to run the mid-rule action
3677 when it has read no farther than the open-brace. In other words, it
3678 must commit to using one rule or the other, without sufficient
3679 information to do it correctly. (The open-brace token is what is called
3680 the @dfn{lookahead} token at this time, since the parser is still
3681 deciding what to do about it. @xref{Lookahead, ,Lookahead Tokens}.)
3682
3683 You might think that you could correct the problem by putting identical
3684 actions into the two rules, like this:
3685
3686 @example
3687 @group
3688 compound: @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3689 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3690 | @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3691 '@{' statements '@}'
3692 ;
3693 @end group
3694 @end example
3695
3696 @noindent
3697 But this does not help, because Bison does not realize that the two actions
3698 are identical. (Bison never tries to understand the C code in an action.)
3699
3700 If the grammar is such that a declaration can be distinguished from a
3701 statement by the first token (which is true in C), then one solution which
3702 does work is to put the action after the open-brace, like this:
3703
3704 @example
3705 @group
3706 compound: '@{' @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3707 declarations statements '@}'
3708 | '@{' statements '@}'
3709 ;
3710 @end group
3711 @end example
3712
3713 @noindent
3714 Now the first token of the following declaration or statement,
3715 which would in any case tell Bison which rule to use, can still do so.
3716
3717 Another solution is to bury the action inside a nonterminal symbol which
3718 serves as a subroutine:
3719
3720 @example
3721 @group
3722 subroutine: /* empty */
3723 @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3724 ;
3725
3726 @end group
3727
3728 @group
3729 compound: subroutine
3730 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3731 | subroutine
3732 '@{' statements '@}'
3733 ;
3734 @end group
3735 @end example
3736
3737 @noindent
3738 Now Bison can execute the action in the rule for @code{subroutine} without
3739 deciding which rule for @code{compound} it will eventually use.
3740
3741 @node Locations
3742 @section Tracking Locations
3743 @cindex location
3744 @cindex textual location
3745 @cindex location, textual
3746
3747 Though grammar rules and semantic actions are enough to write a fully
3748 functional parser, it can be useful to process some additional information,
3749 especially symbol locations.
3750
3751 The way locations are handled is defined by providing a data type, and
3752 actions to take when rules are matched.
3753
3754 @menu
3755 * Location Type:: Specifying a data type for locations.
3756 * Actions and Locations:: Using locations in actions.
3757 * Location Default Action:: Defining a general way to compute locations.
3758 @end menu
3759
3760 @node Location Type
3761 @subsection Data Type of Locations
3762 @cindex data type of locations
3763 @cindex default location type
3764
3765 Defining a data type for locations is much simpler than for semantic values,
3766 since all tokens and groupings always use the same type.
3767
3768 You can specify the type of locations by defining a macro called
3769 @code{YYLTYPE}, just as you can specify the semantic value type by
3770 defining a @code{YYSTYPE} macro (@pxref{Value Type}).
3771 When @code{YYLTYPE} is not defined, Bison uses a default structure type with
3772 four members:
3773
3774 @example
3775 typedef struct YYLTYPE
3776 @{
3777 int first_line;
3778 int first_column;
3779 int last_line;
3780 int last_column;
3781 @} YYLTYPE;
3782 @end example
3783
3784 At the beginning of the parsing, Bison initializes all these fields to 1
3785 for @code{yylloc}.
3786
3787 @node Actions and Locations
3788 @subsection Actions and Locations
3789 @cindex location actions
3790 @cindex actions, location
3791 @vindex @@$
3792 @vindex @@@var{n}
3793
3794 Actions are not only useful for defining language semantics, but also for
3795 describing the behavior of the output parser with locations.
3796
3797 The most obvious way for building locations of syntactic groupings is very
3798 similar to the way semantic values are computed. In a given rule, several
3799 constructs can be used to access the locations of the elements being matched.
3800 The location of the @var{n}th component of the right hand side is
3801 @code{@@@var{n}}, while the location of the left hand side grouping is
3802 @code{@@$}.
3803
3804 Here is a basic example using the default data type for locations:
3805
3806 @example
3807 @group
3808 exp: @dots{}
3809 | exp '/' exp
3810 @{
3811 @@$.first_column = @@1.first_column;
3812 @@$.first_line = @@1.first_line;
3813 @@$.last_column = @@3.last_column;
3814 @@$.last_line = @@3.last_line;
3815 if ($3)
3816 $$ = $1 / $3;
3817 else
3818 @{
3819 $$ = 1;
3820 fprintf (stderr,
3821 "Division by zero, l%d,c%d-l%d,c%d",
3822 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
3823 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
3824 @}
3825 @}
3826 @end group
3827 @end example
3828
3829 As for semantic values, there is a default action for locations that is
3830 run each time a rule is matched. It sets the beginning of @code{@@$} to the
3831 beginning of the first symbol, and the end of @code{@@$} to the end of the
3832 last symbol.
3833
3834 With this default action, the location tracking can be fully automatic. The
3835 example above simply rewrites this way:
3836
3837 @example
3838 @group
3839 exp: @dots{}
3840 | exp '/' exp
3841 @{
3842 if ($3)
3843 $$ = $1 / $3;
3844 else
3845 @{
3846 $$ = 1;
3847 fprintf (stderr,
3848 "Division by zero, l%d,c%d-l%d,c%d",
3849 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
3850 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
3851 @}
3852 @}
3853 @end group
3854 @end example
3855
3856 @vindex yylloc
3857 It is also possible to access the location of the lookahead token, if any,
3858 from a semantic action.
3859 This location is stored in @code{yylloc}.
3860 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
3861
3862 @node Location Default Action
3863 @subsection Default Action for Locations
3864 @vindex YYLLOC_DEFAULT
3865 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}
3866
3867 Actually, actions are not the best place to compute locations. Since
3868 locations are much more general than semantic values, there is room in
3869 the output parser to redefine the default action to take for each
3870 rule. The @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} macro is invoked each time a rule is
3871 matched, before the associated action is run. It is also invoked
3872 while processing a syntax error, to compute the error's location.
3873 Before reporting an unresolvable syntactic ambiguity, a @acronym{GLR}
3874 parser invokes @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} recursively to compute the location
3875 of that ambiguity.
3876
3877 Most of the time, this macro is general enough to suppress location
3878 dedicated code from semantic actions.
3879
3880 The @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} macro takes three parameters. The first one is
3881 the location of the grouping (the result of the computation). When a
3882 rule is matched, the second parameter identifies locations of
3883 all right hand side elements of the rule being matched, and the third
3884 parameter is the size of the rule's right hand side.
3885 When a @acronym{GLR} parser reports an ambiguity, which of multiple candidate
3886 right hand sides it passes to @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} is undefined.
3887 When processing a syntax error, the second parameter identifies locations
3888 of the symbols that were discarded during error processing, and the third
3889 parameter is the number of discarded symbols.
3890
3891 By default, @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} is defined this way:
3892
3893 @smallexample
3894 @group
3895 # define YYLLOC_DEFAULT(Current, Rhs, N) \
3896 do \
3897 if (N) \
3898 @{ \
3899 (Current).first_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).first_line; \
3900 (Current).first_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).first_column; \
3901 (Current).last_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, N).last_line; \
3902 (Current).last_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, N).last_column; \
3903 @} \
3904 else \
3905 @{ \
3906 (Current).first_line = (Current).last_line = \
3907 YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).last_line; \
3908 (Current).first_column = (Current).last_column = \
3909 YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).last_column; \
3910 @} \
3911 while (0)
3912 @end group
3913 @end smallexample
3914
3915 where @code{YYRHSLOC (rhs, k)} is the location of the @var{k}th symbol
3916 in @var{rhs} when @var{k} is positive, and the location of the symbol
3917 just before the reduction when @var{k} and @var{n} are both zero.
3918
3919 When defining @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}, you should consider that:
3920
3921 @itemize @bullet
3922 @item
3923 All arguments are free of side-effects. However, only the first one (the
3924 result) should be modified by @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}.
3925
3926 @item
3927 For consistency with semantic actions, valid indexes within the
3928 right hand side range from 1 to @var{n}. When @var{n} is zero, only 0 is a
3929 valid index, and it refers to the symbol just before the reduction.
3930 During error processing @var{n} is always positive.
3931
3932 @item
3933 Your macro should parenthesize its arguments, if need be, since the
3934 actual arguments may not be surrounded by parentheses. Also, your
3935 macro should expand to something that can be used as a single
3936 statement when it is followed by a semicolon.
3937 @end itemize
3938
3939 @node Declarations
3940 @section Bison Declarations
3941 @cindex declarations, Bison
3942 @cindex Bison declarations
3943
3944 The @dfn{Bison declarations} section of a Bison grammar defines the symbols
3945 used in formulating the grammar and the data types of semantic values.
3946 @xref{Symbols}.
3947
3948 All token type names (but not single-character literal tokens such as
3949 @code{'+'} and @code{'*'}) must be declared. Nonterminal symbols must be
3950 declared if you need to specify which data type to use for the semantic
3951 value (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}).
3952
3953 The first rule in the file also specifies the start symbol, by default.
3954 If you want some other symbol to be the start symbol, you must declare
3955 it explicitly (@pxref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free
3956 Grammars}).
3957
3958 @menu
3959 * Require Decl:: Requiring a Bison version.
3960 * Token Decl:: Declaring terminal symbols.
3961 * Precedence Decl:: Declaring terminals with precedence and associativity.
3962 * Union Decl:: Declaring the set of all semantic value types.
3963 * Type Decl:: Declaring the choice of type for a nonterminal symbol.
3964 * Initial Action Decl:: Code run before parsing starts.
3965 * Destructor Decl:: Declaring how symbols are freed.
3966 * Expect Decl:: Suppressing warnings about parsing conflicts.
3967 * Start Decl:: Specifying the start symbol.
3968 * Pure Decl:: Requesting a reentrant parser.
3969 * Decl Summary:: Table of all Bison declarations.
3970 @end menu
3971
3972 @node Require Decl
3973 @subsection Require a Version of Bison
3974 @cindex version requirement
3975 @cindex requiring a version of Bison
3976 @findex %require
3977
3978 You may require the minimum version of Bison to process the grammar. If
3979 the requirement is not met, @command{bison} exits with an error (exit
3980 status 63).
3981
3982 @example
3983 %require "@var{version}"
3984 @end example
3985
3986 @node Token Decl
3987 @subsection Token Type Names
3988 @cindex declaring token type names
3989 @cindex token type names, declaring
3990 @cindex declaring literal string tokens
3991 @findex %token
3992
3993 The basic way to declare a token type name (terminal symbol) is as follows:
3994
3995 @example
3996 %token @var{name}
3997 @end example
3998
3999 Bison will convert this into a @code{#define} directive in
4000 the parser, so that the function @code{yylex} (if it is in this file)
4001 can use the name @var{name} to stand for this token type's code.
4002
4003 Alternatively, you can use @code{%left}, @code{%right}, or
4004 @code{%nonassoc} instead of @code{%token}, if you wish to specify
4005 associativity and precedence. @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator
4006 Precedence}.
4007
4008 You can explicitly specify the numeric code for a token type by appending
4009 a decimal or hexadecimal integer value in the field immediately
4010 following the token name:
4011
4012 @example
4013 %token NUM 300
4014 %token XNUM 0x12d // a GNU extension
4015 @end example
4016
4017 @noindent
4018 It is generally best, however, to let Bison choose the numeric codes for
4019 all token types. Bison will automatically select codes that don't conflict
4020 with each other or with normal characters.
4021
4022 In the event that the stack type is a union, you must augment the
4023 @code{%token} or other token declaration to include the data type
4024 alternative delimited by angle-brackets (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More
4025 Than One Value Type}).
4026
4027 For example:
4028
4029 @example
4030 @group
4031 %union @{ /* define stack type */
4032 double val;
4033 symrec *tptr;
4034 @}
4035 %token <val> NUM /* define token NUM and its type */
4036 @end group
4037 @end example
4038
4039 You can associate a literal string token with a token type name by
4040 writing the literal string at the end of a @code{%token}
4041 declaration which declares the name. For example:
4042
4043 @example
4044 %token arrow "=>"
4045 @end example
4046
4047 @noindent
4048 For example, a grammar for the C language might specify these names with
4049 equivalent literal string tokens:
4050
4051 @example
4052 %token <operator> OR "||"
4053 %token <operator> LE 134 "<="
4054 %left OR "<="
4055 @end example
4056
4057 @noindent
4058 Once you equate the literal string and the token name, you can use them
4059 interchangeably in further declarations or the grammar rules. The
4060 @code{yylex} function can use the token name or the literal string to
4061 obtain the token type code number (@pxref{Calling Convention}).
4062
4063 @node Precedence Decl
4064 @subsection Operator Precedence
4065 @cindex precedence declarations
4066 @cindex declaring operator precedence
4067 @cindex operator precedence, declaring
4068
4069 Use the @code{%left}, @code{%right} or @code{%nonassoc} declaration to
4070 declare a token and specify its precedence and associativity, all at
4071 once. These are called @dfn{precedence declarations}.
4072 @xref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}, for general information on
4073 operator precedence.
4074
4075 The syntax of a precedence declaration is the same as that of
4076 @code{%token}: either
4077
4078 @example
4079 %left @var{symbols}@dots{}
4080 @end example
4081
4082 @noindent
4083 or
4084
4085 @example
4086 %left <@var{type}> @var{symbols}@dots{}
4087 @end example
4088
4089 And indeed any of these declarations serves the purposes of @code{%token}.
4090 But in addition, they specify the associativity and relative precedence for
4091 all the @var{symbols}:
4092
4093 @itemize @bullet
4094 @item
4095 The associativity of an operator @var{op} determines how repeated uses
4096 of the operator nest: whether @samp{@var{x} @var{op} @var{y} @var{op}
4097 @var{z}} is parsed by grouping @var{x} with @var{y} first or by
4098 grouping @var{y} with @var{z} first. @code{%left} specifies
4099 left-associativity (grouping @var{x} with @var{y} first) and
4100 @code{%right} specifies right-associativity (grouping @var{y} with
4101 @var{z} first). @code{%nonassoc} specifies no associativity, which
4102 means that @samp{@var{x} @var{op} @var{y} @var{op} @var{z}} is
4103 considered a syntax error.
4104
4105 @item
4106 The precedence of an operator determines how it nests with other operators.
4107 All the tokens declared in a single precedence declaration have equal
4108 precedence and nest together according to their associativity.
4109 When two tokens declared in different precedence declarations associate,
4110 the one declared later has the higher precedence and is grouped first.
4111 @end itemize
4112
4113 @node Union Decl
4114 @subsection The Collection of Value Types
4115 @cindex declaring value types
4116 @cindex value types, declaring
4117 @findex %union
4118
4119 The @code{%union} declaration specifies the entire collection of
4120 possible data types for semantic values. The keyword @code{%union} is
4121 followed by braced code containing the same thing that goes inside a
4122 @code{union} in C@.
4123
4124 For example:
4125
4126 @example
4127 @group
4128 %union @{
4129 double val;
4130 symrec *tptr;
4131 @}
4132 @end group
4133 @end example
4134
4135 @noindent
4136 This says that the two alternative types are @code{double} and @code{symrec
4137 *}. They are given names @code{val} and @code{tptr}; these names are used
4138 in the @code{%token} and @code{%type} declarations to pick one of the types
4139 for a terminal or nonterminal symbol (@pxref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
4140
4141 As an extension to @acronym{POSIX}, a tag is allowed after the
4142 @code{union}. For example:
4143
4144 @example
4145 @group
4146 %union value @{
4147 double val;
4148 symrec *tptr;
4149 @}
4150 @end group
4151 @end example
4152
4153 @noindent
4154 specifies the union tag @code{value}, so the corresponding C type is
4155 @code{union value}. If you do not specify a tag, it defaults to
4156 @code{YYSTYPE}.
4157
4158 As another extension to @acronym{POSIX}, you may specify multiple
4159 @code{%union} declarations; their contents are concatenated. However,
4160 only the first @code{%union} declaration can specify a tag.
4161
4162 Note that, unlike making a @code{union} declaration in C, you need not write
4163 a semicolon after the closing brace.
4164
4165 Instead of @code{%union}, you can define and use your own union type
4166 @code{YYSTYPE} if your grammar contains at least one
4167 @samp{<@var{type}>} tag. For example, you can put the following into
4168 a header file @file{parser.h}:
4169
4170 @example
4171 @group
4172 union YYSTYPE @{
4173 double val;
4174 symrec *tptr;
4175 @};
4176 typedef union YYSTYPE YYSTYPE;
4177 @end group
4178 @end example
4179
4180 @noindent
4181 and then your grammar can use the following
4182 instead of @code{%union}:
4183
4184 @example
4185 @group
4186 %@{
4187 #include "parser.h"
4188 %@}
4189 %type <val> expr
4190 %token <tptr> ID
4191 @end group
4192 @end example
4193
4194 @node Type Decl
4195 @subsection Nonterminal Symbols
4196 @cindex declaring value types, nonterminals
4197 @cindex value types, nonterminals, declaring
4198 @findex %type
4199
4200 @noindent
4201 When you use @code{%union} to specify multiple value types, you must
4202 declare the value type of each nonterminal symbol for which values are
4203 used. This is done with a @code{%type} declaration, like this:
4204
4205 @example
4206 %type <@var{type}> @var{nonterminal}@dots{}
4207 @end example
4208
4209 @noindent
4210 Here @var{nonterminal} is the name of a nonterminal symbol, and
4211 @var{type} is the name given in the @code{%union} to the alternative
4212 that you want (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}). You
4213 can give any number of nonterminal symbols in the same @code{%type}
4214 declaration, if they have the same value type. Use spaces to separate
4215 the symbol names.
4216
4217 You can also declare the value type of a terminal symbol. To do this,
4218 use the same @code{<@var{type}>} construction in a declaration for the
4219 terminal symbol. All kinds of token declarations allow
4220 @code{<@var{type}>}.
4221
4222 @node Initial Action Decl
4223 @subsection Performing Actions before Parsing
4224 @findex %initial-action
4225
4226 Sometimes your parser needs to perform some initializations before
4227 parsing. The @code{%initial-action} directive allows for such arbitrary
4228 code.
4229
4230 @deffn {Directive} %initial-action @{ @var{code} @}
4231 @findex %initial-action
4232 Declare that the braced @var{code} must be invoked before parsing each time
4233 @code{yyparse} is called. The @var{code} may use @code{$$} and
4234 @code{@@$} --- initial value and location of the lookahead --- and the
4235 @code{%parse-param}.
4236 @end deffn
4237
4238 For instance, if your locations use a file name, you may use
4239
4240 @example
4241 %parse-param @{ char const *file_name @};
4242 %initial-action
4243 @{
4244 @@$.initialize (file_name);
4245 @};
4246 @end example
4247
4248
4249 @node Destructor Decl
4250 @subsection Freeing Discarded Symbols
4251 @cindex freeing discarded symbols
4252 @findex %destructor
4253 @findex <*>
4254 @findex <>
4255 During error recovery (@pxref{Error Recovery}), symbols already pushed
4256 on the stack and tokens coming from the rest of the file are discarded
4257 until the parser falls on its feet. If the parser runs out of memory,
4258 or if it returns via @code{YYABORT} or @code{YYACCEPT}, all the
4259 symbols on the stack must be discarded. Even if the parser succeeds, it
4260 must discard the start symbol.
4261
4262 When discarded symbols convey heap based information, this memory is
4263 lost. While this behavior can be tolerable for batch parsers, such as
4264 in traditional compilers, it is unacceptable for programs like shells or
4265 protocol implementations that may parse and execute indefinitely.
4266
4267 The @code{%destructor} directive defines code that is called when a
4268 symbol is automatically discarded.
4269
4270 @deffn {Directive} %destructor @{ @var{code} @} @var{symbols}
4271 @findex %destructor
4272 Invoke the braced @var{code} whenever the parser discards one of the
4273 @var{symbols}.
4274 Within @var{code}, @code{$$} designates the semantic value associated
4275 with the discarded symbol, and @code{@@$} designates its location.
4276 The additional parser parameters are also available (@pxref{Parser Function, ,
4277 The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}).
4278
4279 When a symbol is listed among @var{symbols}, its @code{%destructor} is called a
4280 per-symbol @code{%destructor}.
4281 You may also define a per-type @code{%destructor} by listing a semantic type
4282 tag among @var{symbols}.
4283 In that case, the parser will invoke this @var{code} whenever it discards any
4284 grammar symbol that has that semantic type tag unless that symbol has its own
4285 per-symbol @code{%destructor}.
4286
4287 Finally, you can define two different kinds of default @code{%destructor}s.
4288 (These default forms are experimental.
4289 More user feedback will help to determine whether they should become permanent
4290 features.)
4291 You can place each of @code{<*>} and @code{<>} in the @var{symbols} list of
4292 exactly one @code{%destructor} declaration in your grammar file.
4293 The parser will invoke the @var{code} associated with one of these whenever it
4294 discards any user-defined grammar symbol that has no per-symbol and no per-type
4295 @code{%destructor}.
4296 The parser uses the @var{code} for @code{<*>} in the case of such a grammar
4297 symbol for which you have formally declared a semantic type tag (@code{%type}
4298 counts as such a declaration, but @code{$<tag>$} does not).
4299 The parser uses the @var{code} for @code{<>} in the case of such a grammar
4300 symbol that has no declared semantic type tag.
4301 @end deffn
4302
4303 @noindent
4304 For example:
4305
4306 @smallexample
4307 %union @{ char *string; @}
4308 %token <string> STRING1
4309 %token <string> STRING2
4310 %type <string> string1
4311 %type <string> string2
4312 %union @{ char character; @}
4313 %token <character> CHR
4314 %type <character> chr
4315 %token TAGLESS
4316
4317 %destructor @{ @} <character>
4318 %destructor @{ free ($$); @} <*>
4319 %destructor @{ free ($$); printf ("%d", @@$.first_line); @} STRING1 string1
4320 %destructor @{ printf ("Discarding tagless symbol.\n"); @} <>
4321 @end smallexample
4322
4323 @noindent
4324 guarantees that, when the parser discards any user-defined symbol that has a
4325 semantic type tag other than @code{<character>}, it passes its semantic value
4326 to @code{free} by default.
4327 However, when the parser discards a @code{STRING1} or a @code{string1}, it also
4328 prints its line number to @code{stdout}.
4329 It performs only the second @code{%destructor} in this case, so it invokes
4330 @code{free} only once.
4331 Finally, the parser merely prints a message whenever it discards any symbol,
4332 such as @code{TAGLESS}, that has no semantic type tag.
4333
4334 A Bison-generated parser invokes the default @code{%destructor}s only for
4335 user-defined as opposed to Bison-defined symbols.
4336 For example, the parser will not invoke either kind of default
4337 @code{%destructor} for the special Bison-defined symbols @code{$accept},
4338 @code{$undefined}, or @code{$end} (@pxref{Table of Symbols, ,Bison Symbols}),
4339 none of which you can reference in your grammar.
4340 It also will not invoke either for the @code{error} token (@pxref{Table of
4341 Symbols, ,error}), which is always defined by Bison regardless of whether you
4342 reference it in your grammar.
4343 However, it may invoke one of them for the end token (token 0) if you
4344 redefine it from @code{$end} to, for example, @code{END}:
4345
4346 @smallexample
4347 %token END 0
4348 @end smallexample
4349
4350 @cindex actions in mid-rule
4351 @cindex mid-rule actions
4352 Finally, Bison will never invoke a @code{%destructor} for an unreferenced
4353 mid-rule semantic value (@pxref{Mid-Rule Actions,,Actions in Mid-Rule}).
4354 That is, Bison does not consider a mid-rule to have a semantic value if you do
4355 not reference @code{$$} in the mid-rule's action or @code{$@var{n}} (where
4356 @var{n} is the RHS symbol position of the mid-rule) in any later action in that
4357 rule.
4358 However, if you do reference either, the Bison-generated parser will invoke the
4359 @code{<>} @code{%destructor} whenever it discards the mid-rule symbol.
4360
4361 @ignore
4362 @noindent
4363 In the future, it may be possible to redefine the @code{error} token as a
4364 nonterminal that captures the discarded symbols.
4365 In that case, the parser will invoke the default destructor for it as well.
4366 @end ignore
4367
4368 @sp 1
4369
4370 @cindex discarded symbols
4371 @dfn{Discarded symbols} are the following:
4372
4373 @itemize
4374 @item
4375 stacked symbols popped during the first phase of error recovery,
4376 @item
4377 incoming terminals during the second phase of error recovery,
4378 @item
4379 the current lookahead and the entire stack (except the current
4380 right-hand side symbols) when the parser returns immediately, and
4381 @item
4382 the start symbol, when the parser succeeds.
4383 @end itemize
4384
4385 The parser can @dfn{return immediately} because of an explicit call to
4386 @code{YYABORT} or @code{YYACCEPT}, or failed error recovery, or memory
4387 exhaustion.
4388
4389 Right-hand size symbols of a rule that explicitly triggers a syntax
4390 error via @code{YYERROR} are not discarded automatically. As a rule
4391 of thumb, destructors are invoked only when user actions cannot manage
4392 the memory.
4393
4394 @node Expect Decl
4395 @subsection Suppressing Conflict Warnings
4396 @cindex suppressing conflict warnings
4397 @cindex preventing warnings about conflicts
4398 @cindex warnings, preventing
4399 @cindex conflicts, suppressing warnings of
4400 @findex %expect
4401 @findex %expect-rr
4402
4403 Bison normally warns if there are any conflicts in the grammar
4404 (@pxref{Shift/Reduce, ,Shift/Reduce Conflicts}), but most real grammars
4405 have harmless shift/reduce conflicts which are resolved in a predictable
4406 way and would be difficult to eliminate. It is desirable to suppress
4407 the warning about these conflicts unless the number of conflicts
4408 changes. You can do this with the @code{%expect} declaration.
4409
4410 The declaration looks like this:
4411
4412 @example
4413 %expect @var{n}
4414 @end example
4415
4416 Here @var{n} is a decimal integer. The declaration says there should
4417 be @var{n} shift/reduce conflicts and no reduce/reduce conflicts.
4418 Bison reports an error if the number of shift/reduce conflicts differs
4419 from @var{n}, or if there are any reduce/reduce conflicts.
4420
4421 For normal @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers, reduce/reduce conflicts are more
4422 serious, and should be eliminated entirely. Bison will always report
4423 reduce/reduce conflicts for these parsers. With @acronym{GLR}
4424 parsers, however, both kinds of conflicts are routine; otherwise,
4425 there would be no need to use @acronym{GLR} parsing. Therefore, it is
4426 also possible to specify an expected number of reduce/reduce conflicts
4427 in @acronym{GLR} parsers, using the declaration:
4428
4429 @example
4430 %expect-rr @var{n}
4431 @end example
4432
4433 In general, using @code{%expect} involves these steps:
4434
4435 @itemize @bullet
4436 @item
4437 Compile your grammar without @code{%expect}. Use the @samp{-v} option
4438 to get a verbose list of where the conflicts occur. Bison will also
4439 print the number of conflicts.
4440
4441 @item
4442 Check each of the conflicts to make sure that Bison's default
4443 resolution is what you really want. If not, rewrite the grammar and
4444 go back to the beginning.
4445
4446 @item
4447 Add an @code{%expect} declaration, copying the number @var{n} from the
4448 number which Bison printed. With @acronym{GLR} parsers, add an
4449 @code{%expect-rr} declaration as well.
4450 @end itemize
4451
4452 Now Bison will warn you if you introduce an unexpected conflict, but
4453 will keep silent otherwise.
4454
4455 @node Start Decl
4456 @subsection The Start-Symbol
4457 @cindex declaring the start symbol
4458 @cindex start symbol, declaring
4459 @cindex default start symbol
4460 @findex %start
4461
4462 Bison assumes by default that the start symbol for the grammar is the first
4463 nonterminal specified in the grammar specification section. The programmer
4464 may override this restriction with the @code{%start} declaration as follows:
4465
4466 @example
4467 %start @var{symbol}
4468 @end example
4469
4470 @node Pure Decl
4471 @subsection A Pure (Reentrant) Parser
4472 @cindex reentrant parser
4473 @cindex pure parser
4474 @findex %pure-parser
4475
4476 A @dfn{reentrant} program is one which does not alter in the course of
4477 execution; in other words, it consists entirely of @dfn{pure} (read-only)
4478 code. Reentrancy is important whenever asynchronous execution is possible;
4479 for example, a nonreentrant program may not be safe to call from a signal
4480 handler. In systems with multiple threads of control, a nonreentrant
4481 program must be called only within interlocks.
4482
4483 Normally, Bison generates a parser which is not reentrant. This is
4484 suitable for most uses, and it permits compatibility with Yacc. (The
4485 standard Yacc interfaces are inherently nonreentrant, because they use
4486 statically allocated variables for communication with @code{yylex},
4487 including @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc}.)
4488
4489 Alternatively, you can generate a pure, reentrant parser. The Bison
4490 declaration @code{%pure-parser} says that you want the parser to be
4491 reentrant. It looks like this:
4492
4493 @example
4494 %pure-parser
4495 @end example
4496
4497 The result is that the communication variables @code{yylval} and
4498 @code{yylloc} become local variables in @code{yyparse}, and a different
4499 calling convention is used for the lexical analyzer function
4500 @code{yylex}. @xref{Pure Calling, ,Calling Conventions for Pure
4501 Parsers}, for the details of this. The variable @code{yynerrs} also
4502 becomes local in @code{yyparse} (@pxref{Error Reporting, ,The Error
4503 Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}). The convention for calling
4504 @code{yyparse} itself is unchanged.
4505
4506 Whether the parser is pure has nothing to do with the grammar rules.
4507 You can generate either a pure parser or a nonreentrant parser from any
4508 valid grammar.
4509
4510 @node Decl Summary
4511 @subsection Bison Declaration Summary
4512 @cindex Bison declaration summary
4513 @cindex declaration summary
4514 @cindex summary, Bison declaration
4515
4516 Here is a summary of the declarations used to define a grammar:
4517
4518 @deffn {Directive} %union
4519 Declare the collection of data types that semantic values may have
4520 (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}).
4521 @end deffn
4522
4523 @deffn {Directive} %token
4524 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) with no precedence
4525 or associativity specified (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}).
4526 @end deffn
4527
4528 @deffn {Directive} %right
4529 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is right-associative
4530 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4531 @end deffn
4532
4533 @deffn {Directive} %left
4534 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is left-associative
4535 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4536 @end deffn
4537
4538 @deffn {Directive} %nonassoc
4539 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is nonassociative
4540 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4541 Using it in a way that would be associative is a syntax error.
4542 @end deffn
4543
4544 @ifset defaultprec
4545 @deffn {Directive} %default-prec
4546 Assign a precedence to rules lacking an explicit @code{%prec} modifier
4547 (@pxref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}).
4548 @end deffn
4549 @end ifset
4550
4551 @deffn {Directive} %type
4552 Declare the type of semantic values for a nonterminal symbol
4553 (@pxref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
4554 @end deffn
4555
4556 @deffn {Directive} %start
4557 Specify the grammar's start symbol (@pxref{Start Decl, ,The
4558 Start-Symbol}).
4559 @end deffn
4560
4561 @deffn {Directive} %expect
4562 Declare the expected number of shift-reduce conflicts
4563 (@pxref{Expect Decl, ,Suppressing Conflict Warnings}).
4564 @end deffn
4565
4566
4567 @sp 1
4568 @noindent
4569 In order to change the behavior of @command{bison}, use the following
4570 directives:
4571
4572 @deffn {Directive} %code @{@var{code}@}
4573 @findex %code
4574 This is the unqualified form of the @code{%code} directive.
4575 It inserts @var{code} verbatim at the default location in the output.
4576 That default location is determined by the selected target language and/or
4577 parser skeleton.
4578
4579 @cindex Prologue
4580 For the current C/C++ skeletons, the default location is the parser source code
4581 file after the usual contents of the parser header file.
4582 Thus, @code{%code} replaces the traditional Yacc prologue,
4583 @code{%@{@var{code}%@}}, for most purposes.
4584 For a detailed discussion, see @ref{Prologue Alternatives}.
4585
4586 @comment For Java, the default location is inside the parser class.
4587
4588 (Like all the Yacc prologue alternatives, this directive is experimental.
4589 More user feedback will help to determine whether it should become a permanent
4590 feature.)
4591 @end deffn
4592
4593 @deffn {Directive} %code @var{qualifier} @{@var{code}@}
4594 This is the qualified form of the @code{%code} directive.
4595 If you need to specify location-sensitive verbatim @var{code} that does not
4596 belong at the default location selected by the unqualified @code{%code} form,
4597 use this form instead.
4598
4599 @var{qualifier} identifies the purpose of @var{code} and thus the location(s)
4600 where Bison should generate it.
4601 Not all values of @var{qualifier} are available for all target languages:
4602
4603 @itemize @bullet
4604 @findex %code requires
4605 @item requires
4606
4607 @itemize @bullet
4608 @item Language(s): C, C++
4609
4610 @item Purpose: This is the best place to write dependency code required for
4611 @code{YYSTYPE} and @code{YYLTYPE}.
4612 In other words, it's the best place to define types referenced in @code{%union}
4613 directives, and it's the best place to override Bison's default @code{YYSTYPE}
4614 and @code{YYLTYPE} definitions.
4615
4616 @item Location(s): The parser header file and the parser source code file
4617 before the Bison-generated @code{YYSTYPE} and @code{YYLTYPE} definitions.
4618 @end itemize
4619
4620 @item provides
4621 @findex %code provides
4622
4623 @itemize @bullet
4624 @item Language(s): C, C++
4625
4626 @item Purpose: This is the best place to write additional definitions and
4627 declarations that should be provided to other modules.
4628
4629 @item Location(s): The parser header file and the parser source code file after
4630 the Bison-generated @code{YYSTYPE}, @code{YYLTYPE}, and token definitions.
4631 @end itemize
4632
4633 @item top
4634 @findex %code top
4635
4636 @itemize @bullet
4637 @item Language(s): C, C++
4638
4639 @item Purpose: The unqualified @code{%code} or @code{%code requires} should
4640 usually be more appropriate than @code{%code top}.
4641 However, occasionally it is necessary to insert code much nearer the top of the
4642 parser source code file.
4643 For example:
4644
4645 @smallexample
4646 %code top @{
4647 #define _GNU_SOURCE
4648 #include <stdio.h>
4649 @}
4650 @end smallexample
4651
4652 @item Location(s): Near the top of the parser source code file.
4653 @end itemize
4654 @ignore
4655 @item imports
4656 @findex %code imports
4657
4658 @itemize @bullet
4659 @item Language(s): Java
4660
4661 @item Purpose: This is the best place to write Java import directives.
4662
4663 @item Location(s): The parser Java file after any Java package directive and
4664 before any class definitions.
4665 @end itemize
4666 @end ignore
4667 @end itemize
4668
4669 (Like all the Yacc prologue alternatives, this directive is experimental.
4670 More user feedback will help to determine whether it should become a permanent
4671 feature.)
4672
4673 @cindex Prologue
4674 For a detailed discussion of how to use @code{%code} in place of the
4675 traditional Yacc prologue for C/C++, see @ref{Prologue Alternatives}.
4676 @end deffn
4677
4678 @deffn {Directive} %debug
4679 In the parser file, define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to 1 if it is not
4680 already defined, so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
4681 @end deffn
4682 @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
4683
4684 @deffn {Directive} %define @var{define-variable}
4685 @deffnx {Directive} %define @var{define-variable} @var{value}
4686 Define a variable to adjust Bison's behavior.
4687 The list of available variables and their meanings depends on the selected
4688 target language and/or the parser skeleton (@pxref{Decl Summary,,%language}).
4689 The @var{value} can be omitted for boolean variables; for
4690 boolean variables, the skeletons will treat a @var{value} of @samp{0}
4691 or @samp{false} as the boolean variable being false, and anything else
4692 as true.
4693 @end deffn
4694
4695 @deffn {Directive} %defines
4696 Write a header file containing macro definitions for the token type
4697 names defined in the grammar as well as a few other declarations.
4698 If the parser output file is named @file{@var{name}.c} then this file
4699 is named @file{@var{name}.h}.
4700
4701 For C parsers, the output header declares @code{YYSTYPE} unless
4702 @code{YYSTYPE} is already defined as a macro or you have used a
4703 @code{<@var{type}>} tag without using @code{%union}.
4704 Therefore, if you are using a @code{%union}
4705 (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}) with components that
4706 require other definitions, or if you have defined a @code{YYSTYPE} macro
4707 or type definition
4708 (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}), you need to
4709 arrange for these definitions to be propagated to all modules, e.g., by
4710 putting them in a prerequisite header that is included both by your
4711 parser and by any other module that needs @code{YYSTYPE}.
4712
4713 Unless your parser is pure, the output header declares @code{yylval}
4714 as an external variable. @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant)
4715 Parser}.
4716
4717 If you have also used locations, the output header declares
4718 @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yylloc} using a protocol similar to that of
4719 the @code{YYSTYPE} macro and @code{yylval}. @xref{Locations, ,Tracking
4720 Locations}.
4721
4722 This output file is normally essential if you wish to put the definition
4723 of @code{yylex} in a separate source file, because @code{yylex}
4724 typically needs to be able to refer to the above-mentioned declarations
4725 and to the token type codes. @xref{Token Values, ,Semantic Values of
4726 Tokens}.
4727
4728 @findex %code requires
4729 @findex %code provides
4730 If you have declared @code{%code requires} or @code{%code provides}, the output
4731 header also contains their code.
4732 @xref{Decl Summary, ,%code}.
4733 @end deffn
4734
4735 @deffn {Directive} %defines @var{defines-file}
4736 Same as above, but save in the file @var{defines-file}.
4737 @end deffn
4738
4739 @deffn {Directive} %destructor
4740 Specify how the parser should reclaim the memory associated to
4741 discarded symbols. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
4742 @end deffn
4743
4744 @deffn {Directive} %file-prefix "@var{prefix}"
4745 Specify a prefix to use for all Bison output file names. The names are
4746 chosen as if the input file were named @file{@var{prefix}.y}.
4747 @end deffn
4748
4749 @deffn {Directive} %language "@var{language}"
4750 Specify the programming language for the generated parser. Currently
4751 supported languages include C and C++.
4752 @var{language} is case-insensitive.
4753 @end deffn
4754
4755 @deffn {Directive} %locations
4756 Generate the code processing the locations (@pxref{Action Features,
4757 ,Special Features for Use in Actions}). This mode is enabled as soon as
4758 the grammar uses the special @samp{@@@var{n}} tokens, but if your
4759 grammar does not use it, using @samp{%locations} allows for more
4760 accurate syntax error messages.
4761 @end deffn
4762
4763 @deffn {Directive} %name-prefix "@var{prefix}"
4764 Rename the external symbols used in the parser so that they start with
4765 @var{prefix} instead of @samp{yy}. The precise list of symbols renamed
4766 in C parsers
4767 is @code{yyparse}, @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror}, @code{yynerrs},
4768 @code{yylval}, @code{yychar}, @code{yydebug}, and
4769 (if locations are used) @code{yylloc}. For example, if you use
4770 @samp{%name-prefix "c_"}, the names become @code{c_parse}, @code{c_lex},
4771 and so on. In C++ parsers, it is only the surrounding namespace which is
4772 named @var{prefix} instead of @samp{yy}.
4773 @xref{Multiple Parsers, ,Multiple Parsers in the Same Program}.
4774 @end deffn
4775
4776 @ifset defaultprec
4777 @deffn {Directive} %no-default-prec
4778 Do not assign a precedence to rules lacking an explicit @code{%prec}
4779 modifier (@pxref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
4780 Precedence}).
4781 @end deffn
4782 @end ifset
4783
4784 @deffn {Directive} %no-parser
4785 Do not include any C code in the parser file; generate tables only. The
4786 parser file contains just @code{#define} directives and static variable
4787 declarations.
4788
4789 This option also tells Bison to write the C code for the grammar actions
4790 into a file named @file{@var{file}.act}, in the form of a
4791 brace-surrounded body fit for a @code{switch} statement.
4792 @end deffn
4793
4794 @deffn {Directive} %no-lines
4795 Don't generate any @code{#line} preprocessor commands in the parser
4796 file. Ordinarily Bison writes these commands in the parser file so that
4797 the C compiler and debuggers will associate errors and object code with
4798 your source file (the grammar file). This directive causes them to
4799 associate errors with the parser file, treating it an independent source
4800 file in its own right.
4801 @end deffn
4802
4803 @deffn {Directive} %output "@var{file}"
4804 Specify @var{file} for the parser file.
4805 @end deffn
4806
4807 @deffn {Directive} %pure-parser
4808 Request a pure (reentrant) parser program (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure
4809 (Reentrant) Parser}).
4810 @end deffn
4811
4812 @deffn {Directive} %require "@var{version}"
4813 Require version @var{version} or higher of Bison. @xref{Require Decl, ,
4814 Require a Version of Bison}.
4815 @end deffn
4816
4817 @deffn {Directive} %skeleton "@var{file}"
4818 Specify the skeleton to use.
4819
4820 You probably don't need this option unless you are developing Bison.
4821 You should use @code{%language} if you want to specify the skeleton for a
4822 different language, because it is clearer and because it will always choose the
4823 correct skeleton for non-deterministic or push parsers.
4824
4825 If @var{file} does not contain a @code{/}, @var{file} is the name of a skeleton
4826 file in the Bison installation directory.
4827 If it does, @var{file} is an absolute file name or a file name relative to the
4828 directory of the grammar file.
4829 This is similar to how most shells resolve commands.
4830 @end deffn
4831
4832 @deffn {Directive} %token-table
4833 Generate an array of token names in the parser file. The name of the
4834 array is @code{yytname}; @code{yytname[@var{i}]} is the name of the
4835 token whose internal Bison token code number is @var{i}. The first
4836 three elements of @code{yytname} correspond to the predefined tokens
4837 @code{"$end"},
4838 @code{"error"}, and @code{"$undefined"}; after these come the symbols
4839 defined in the grammar file.
4840
4841 The name in the table includes all the characters needed to represent
4842 the token in Bison. For single-character literals and literal
4843 strings, this includes the surrounding quoting characters and any
4844 escape sequences. For example, the Bison single-character literal
4845 @code{'+'} corresponds to a three-character name, represented in C as
4846 @code{"'+'"}; and the Bison two-character literal string @code{"\\/"}
4847 corresponds to a five-character name, represented in C as
4848 @code{"\"\\\\/\""}.
4849
4850 When you specify @code{%token-table}, Bison also generates macro
4851 definitions for macros @code{YYNTOKENS}, @code{YYNNTS}, and
4852 @code{YYNRULES}, and @code{YYNSTATES}:
4853
4854 @table @code
4855 @item YYNTOKENS
4856 The highest token number, plus one.
4857 @item YYNNTS
4858 The number of nonterminal symbols.
4859 @item YYNRULES
4860 The number of grammar rules,
4861 @item YYNSTATES
4862 The number of parser states (@pxref{Parser States}).
4863 @end table
4864 @end deffn
4865
4866 @deffn {Directive} %verbose
4867 Write an extra output file containing verbose descriptions of the
4868 parser states and what is done for each type of lookahead token in
4869 that state. @xref{Understanding, , Understanding Your Parser}, for more
4870 information.
4871 @end deffn
4872
4873 @deffn {Directive} %yacc
4874 Pretend the option @option{--yacc} was given, i.e., imitate Yacc,
4875 including its naming conventions. @xref{Bison Options}, for more.
4876 @end deffn
4877
4878
4879 @node Multiple Parsers
4880 @section Multiple Parsers in the Same Program
4881
4882 Most programs that use Bison parse only one language and therefore contain
4883 only one Bison parser. But what if you want to parse more than one
4884 language with the same program? Then you need to avoid a name conflict
4885 between different definitions of @code{yyparse}, @code{yylval}, and so on.
4886
4887 The easy way to do this is to use the option @samp{-p @var{prefix}}
4888 (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}). This renames the interface
4889 functions and variables of the Bison parser to start with @var{prefix}
4890 instead of @samp{yy}. You can use this to give each parser distinct
4891 names that do not conflict.
4892
4893 The precise list of symbols renamed is @code{yyparse}, @code{yylex},
4894 @code{yyerror}, @code{yynerrs}, @code{yylval}, @code{yylloc},
4895 @code{yychar} and @code{yydebug}. For example, if you use @samp{-p c},
4896 the names become @code{cparse}, @code{clex}, and so on.
4897
4898 @strong{All the other variables and macros associated with Bison are not
4899 renamed.} These others are not global; there is no conflict if the same
4900 name is used in different parsers. For example, @code{YYSTYPE} is not
4901 renamed, but defining this in different ways in different parsers causes
4902 no trouble (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}).
4903
4904 The @samp{-p} option works by adding macro definitions to the beginning
4905 of the parser source file, defining @code{yyparse} as
4906 @code{@var{prefix}parse}, and so on. This effectively substitutes one
4907 name for the other in the entire parser file.
4908
4909 @node Interface
4910 @chapter Parser C-Language Interface
4911 @cindex C-language interface
4912 @cindex interface
4913
4914 The Bison parser is actually a C function named @code{yyparse}. Here we
4915 describe the interface conventions of @code{yyparse} and the other
4916 functions that it needs to use.
4917
4918 Keep in mind that the parser uses many C identifiers starting with
4919 @samp{yy} and @samp{YY} for internal purposes. If you use such an
4920 identifier (aside from those in this manual) in an action or in epilogue
4921 in the grammar file, you are likely to run into trouble.
4922
4923 @menu
4924 * Parser Function:: How to call @code{yyparse} and what it returns.
4925 * Lexical:: You must supply a function @code{yylex}
4926 which reads tokens.
4927 * Error Reporting:: You must supply a function @code{yyerror}.
4928 * Action Features:: Special features for use in actions.
4929 * Internationalization:: How to let the parser speak in the user's
4930 native language.
4931 @end menu
4932
4933 @node Parser Function
4934 @section The Parser Function @code{yyparse}
4935 @findex yyparse
4936
4937 You call the function @code{yyparse} to cause parsing to occur. This
4938 function reads tokens, executes actions, and ultimately returns when it
4939 encounters end-of-input or an unrecoverable syntax error. You can also
4940 write an action which directs @code{yyparse} to return immediately
4941 without reading further.
4942
4943
4944 @deftypefun int yyparse (void)
4945 The value returned by @code{yyparse} is 0 if parsing was successful (return
4946 is due to end-of-input).
4947
4948 The value is 1 if parsing failed because of invalid input, i.e., input
4949 that contains a syntax error or that causes @code{YYABORT} to be
4950 invoked.
4951
4952 The value is 2 if parsing failed due to memory exhaustion.
4953 @end deftypefun
4954
4955 In an action, you can cause immediate return from @code{yyparse} by using
4956 these macros:
4957
4958 @defmac YYACCEPT
4959 @findex YYACCEPT
4960 Return immediately with value 0 (to report success).
4961 @end defmac
4962
4963 @defmac YYABORT
4964 @findex YYABORT
4965 Return immediately with value 1 (to report failure).
4966 @end defmac
4967
4968 If you use a reentrant parser, you can optionally pass additional
4969 parameter information to it in a reentrant way. To do so, use the
4970 declaration @code{%parse-param}:
4971
4972 @deffn {Directive} %parse-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
4973 @findex %parse-param
4974 Declare that an argument declared by the braced-code
4975 @var{argument-declaration} is an additional @code{yyparse} argument.
4976 The @var{argument-declaration} is used when declaring
4977 functions or prototypes. The last identifier in
4978 @var{argument-declaration} must be the argument name.
4979 @end deffn
4980
4981 Here's an example. Write this in the parser:
4982
4983 @example
4984 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
4985 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
4986 @end example
4987
4988 @noindent
4989 Then call the parser like this:
4990
4991 @example
4992 @{
4993 int nastiness, randomness;
4994 @dots{} /* @r{Store proper data in @code{nastiness} and @code{randomness}.} */
4995 value = yyparse (&nastiness, &randomness);
4996 @dots{}
4997 @}
4998 @end example
4999
5000 @noindent
5001 In the grammar actions, use expressions like this to refer to the data:
5002
5003 @example
5004 exp: @dots{} @{ @dots{}; *randomness += 1; @dots{} @}
5005 @end example
5006
5007
5008 @node Lexical
5009 @section The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}
5010 @findex yylex
5011 @cindex lexical analyzer
5012
5013 The @dfn{lexical analyzer} function, @code{yylex}, recognizes tokens from
5014 the input stream and returns them to the parser. Bison does not create
5015 this function automatically; you must write it so that @code{yyparse} can
5016 call it. The function is sometimes referred to as a lexical scanner.
5017
5018 In simple programs, @code{yylex} is often defined at the end of the Bison
5019 grammar file. If @code{yylex} is defined in a separate source file, you
5020 need to arrange for the token-type macro definitions to be available there.
5021 To do this, use the @samp{-d} option when you run Bison, so that it will
5022 write these macro definitions into a separate header file
5023 @file{@var{name}.tab.h} which you can include in the other source files
5024 that need it. @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
5025
5026 @menu
5027 * Calling Convention:: How @code{yyparse} calls @code{yylex}.
5028 * Token Values:: How @code{yylex} must return the semantic value
5029 of the token it has read.
5030 * Token Locations:: How @code{yylex} must return the text location
5031 (line number, etc.) of the token, if the
5032 actions want that.
5033 * Pure Calling:: How the calling convention differs
5034 in a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}).
5035 @end menu
5036
5037 @node Calling Convention
5038 @subsection Calling Convention for @code{yylex}
5039
5040 The value that @code{yylex} returns must be the positive numeric code
5041 for the type of token it has just found; a zero or negative value
5042 signifies end-of-input.
5043
5044 When a token is referred to in the grammar rules by a name, that name
5045 in the parser file becomes a C macro whose definition is the proper
5046 numeric code for that token type. So @code{yylex} can use the name
5047 to indicate that type. @xref{Symbols}.
5048
5049 When a token is referred to in the grammar rules by a character literal,
5050 the numeric code for that character is also the code for the token type.
5051 So @code{yylex} can simply return that character code, possibly converted
5052 to @code{unsigned char} to avoid sign-extension. The null character
5053 must not be used this way, because its code is zero and that
5054 signifies end-of-input.
5055
5056 Here is an example showing these things:
5057
5058 @example
5059 int
5060 yylex (void)
5061 @{
5062 @dots{}
5063 if (c == EOF) /* Detect end-of-input. */
5064 return 0;
5065 @dots{}
5066 if (c == '+' || c == '-')
5067 return c; /* Assume token type for `+' is '+'. */
5068 @dots{}
5069 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
5070 @dots{}
5071 @}
5072 @end example
5073
5074 @noindent
5075 This interface has been designed so that the output from the @code{lex}
5076 utility can be used without change as the definition of @code{yylex}.
5077
5078 If the grammar uses literal string tokens, there are two ways that
5079 @code{yylex} can determine the token type codes for them:
5080
5081 @itemize @bullet
5082 @item
5083 If the grammar defines symbolic token names as aliases for the
5084 literal string tokens, @code{yylex} can use these symbolic names like
5085 all others. In this case, the use of the literal string tokens in
5086 the grammar file has no effect on @code{yylex}.
5087
5088 @item
5089 @code{yylex} can find the multicharacter token in the @code{yytname}
5090 table. The index of the token in the table is the token type's code.
5091 The name of a multicharacter token is recorded in @code{yytname} with a
5092 double-quote, the token's characters, and another double-quote. The
5093 token's characters are escaped as necessary to be suitable as input
5094 to Bison.
5095
5096 Here's code for looking up a multicharacter token in @code{yytname},
5097 assuming that the characters of the token are stored in
5098 @code{token_buffer}, and assuming that the token does not contain any
5099 characters like @samp{"} that require escaping.
5100
5101 @smallexample
5102 for (i = 0; i < YYNTOKENS; i++)
5103 @{
5104 if (yytname[i] != 0
5105 && yytname[i][0] == '"'
5106 && ! strncmp (yytname[i] + 1, token_buffer,
5107 strlen (token_buffer))
5108 && yytname[i][strlen (token_buffer) + 1] == '"'
5109 && yytname[i][strlen (token_buffer) + 2] == 0)
5110 break;
5111 @}
5112 @end smallexample
5113
5114 The @code{yytname} table is generated only if you use the
5115 @code{%token-table} declaration. @xref{Decl Summary}.
5116 @end itemize
5117
5118 @node Token Values
5119 @subsection Semantic Values of Tokens
5120
5121 @vindex yylval
5122 In an ordinary (nonreentrant) parser, the semantic value of the token must
5123 be stored into the global variable @code{yylval}. When you are using
5124 just one data type for semantic values, @code{yylval} has that type.
5125 Thus, if the type is @code{int} (the default), you might write this in
5126 @code{yylex}:
5127
5128 @example
5129 @group
5130 @dots{}
5131 yylval = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
5132 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
5133 @dots{}
5134 @end group
5135 @end example
5136
5137 When you are using multiple data types, @code{yylval}'s type is a union
5138 made from the @code{%union} declaration (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The
5139 Collection of Value Types}). So when you store a token's value, you
5140 must use the proper member of the union. If the @code{%union}
5141 declaration looks like this:
5142
5143 @example
5144 @group
5145 %union @{
5146 int intval;
5147 double val;
5148 symrec *tptr;
5149 @}
5150 @end group
5151 @end example
5152
5153 @noindent
5154 then the code in @code{yylex} might look like this:
5155
5156 @example
5157 @group
5158 @dots{}
5159 yylval.intval = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
5160 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
5161 @dots{}
5162 @end group
5163 @end example
5164
5165 @node Token Locations
5166 @subsection Textual Locations of Tokens
5167
5168 @vindex yylloc
5169 If you are using the @samp{@@@var{n}}-feature (@pxref{Locations, ,
5170 Tracking Locations}) in actions to keep track of the textual locations
5171 of tokens and groupings, then you must provide this information in
5172 @code{yylex}. The function @code{yyparse} expects to find the textual
5173 location of a token just parsed in the global variable @code{yylloc}.
5174 So @code{yylex} must store the proper data in that variable.
5175
5176 By default, the value of @code{yylloc} is a structure and you need only
5177 initialize the members that are going to be used by the actions. The
5178 four members are called @code{first_line}, @code{first_column},
5179 @code{last_line} and @code{last_column}. Note that the use of this
5180 feature makes the parser noticeably slower.
5181
5182 @tindex YYLTYPE
5183 The data type of @code{yylloc} has the name @code{YYLTYPE}.
5184
5185 @node Pure Calling
5186 @subsection Calling Conventions for Pure Parsers
5187
5188 When you use the Bison declaration @code{%pure-parser} to request a
5189 pure, reentrant parser, the global communication variables @code{yylval}
5190 and @code{yylloc} cannot be used. (@xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant)
5191 Parser}.) In such parsers the two global variables are replaced by
5192 pointers passed as arguments to @code{yylex}. You must declare them as
5193 shown here, and pass the information back by storing it through those
5194 pointers.
5195
5196 @example
5197 int
5198 yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp)
5199 @{
5200 @dots{}
5201 *lvalp = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
5202 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
5203 @dots{}
5204 @}
5205 @end example
5206
5207 If the grammar file does not use the @samp{@@} constructs to refer to
5208 textual locations, then the type @code{YYLTYPE} will not be defined. In
5209 this case, omit the second argument; @code{yylex} will be called with
5210 only one argument.
5211
5212
5213 If you wish to pass the additional parameter data to @code{yylex}, use
5214 @code{%lex-param} just like @code{%parse-param} (@pxref{Parser
5215 Function}).
5216
5217 @deffn {Directive} lex-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
5218 @findex %lex-param
5219 Declare that the braced-code @var{argument-declaration} is an
5220 additional @code{yylex} argument declaration.
5221 @end deffn
5222
5223 For instance:
5224
5225 @example
5226 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
5227 %lex-param @{int *nastiness@}
5228 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
5229 @end example
5230
5231 @noindent
5232 results in the following signature:
5233
5234 @example
5235 int yylex (int *nastiness);
5236 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
5237 @end example
5238
5239 If @code{%pure-parser} is added:
5240
5241 @example
5242 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, int *nastiness);
5243 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
5244 @end example
5245
5246 @noindent
5247 and finally, if both @code{%pure-parser} and @code{%locations} are used:
5248
5249 @example
5250 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp, int *nastiness);
5251 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
5252 @end example
5253
5254 @node Error Reporting
5255 @section The Error Reporting Function @code{yyerror}
5256 @cindex error reporting function
5257 @findex yyerror
5258 @cindex parse error
5259 @cindex syntax error
5260
5261 The Bison parser detects a @dfn{syntax error} or @dfn{parse error}
5262 whenever it reads a token which cannot satisfy any syntax rule. An
5263 action in the grammar can also explicitly proclaim an error, using the
5264 macro @code{YYERROR} (@pxref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use
5265 in Actions}).
5266
5267 The Bison parser expects to report the error by calling an error
5268 reporting function named @code{yyerror}, which you must supply. It is
5269 called by @code{yyparse} whenever a syntax error is found, and it
5270 receives one argument. For a syntax error, the string is normally
5271 @w{@code{"syntax error"}}.
5272
5273 @findex %error-verbose
5274 If you invoke the directive @code{%error-verbose} in the Bison
5275 declarations section (@pxref{Bison Declarations, ,The Bison Declarations
5276 Section}), then Bison provides a more verbose and specific error message
5277 string instead of just plain @w{@code{"syntax error"}}.
5278
5279 The parser can detect one other kind of error: memory exhaustion. This
5280 can happen when the input contains constructions that are very deeply
5281 nested. It isn't likely you will encounter this, since the Bison
5282 parser normally extends its stack automatically up to a very large limit. But
5283 if memory is exhausted, @code{yyparse} calls @code{yyerror} in the usual
5284 fashion, except that the argument string is @w{@code{"memory exhausted"}}.
5285
5286 In some cases diagnostics like @w{@code{"syntax error"}} are
5287 translated automatically from English to some other language before
5288 they are passed to @code{yyerror}. @xref{Internationalization}.
5289
5290 The following definition suffices in simple programs:
5291
5292 @example
5293 @group
5294 void
5295 yyerror (char const *s)
5296 @{
5297 @end group
5298 @group
5299 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", s);
5300 @}
5301 @end group
5302 @end example
5303
5304 After @code{yyerror} returns to @code{yyparse}, the latter will attempt
5305 error recovery if you have written suitable error recovery grammar rules
5306 (@pxref{Error Recovery}). If recovery is impossible, @code{yyparse} will
5307 immediately return 1.
5308
5309 Obviously, in location tracking pure parsers, @code{yyerror} should have
5310 an access to the current location.
5311 This is indeed the case for the @acronym{GLR}
5312 parsers, but not for the Yacc parser, for historical reasons. I.e., if
5313 @samp{%locations %pure-parser} is passed then the prototypes for
5314 @code{yyerror} are:
5315
5316 @example
5317 void yyerror (char const *msg); /* Yacc parsers. */
5318 void yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp, char const *msg); /* GLR parsers. */
5319 @end example
5320
5321 If @samp{%parse-param @{int *nastiness@}} is used, then:
5322
5323 @example
5324 void yyerror (int *nastiness, char const *msg); /* Yacc parsers. */
5325 void yyerror (int *nastiness, char const *msg); /* GLR parsers. */
5326 @end example
5327
5328 Finally, @acronym{GLR} and Yacc parsers share the same @code{yyerror} calling
5329 convention for absolutely pure parsers, i.e., when the calling
5330 convention of @code{yylex} @emph{and} the calling convention of
5331 @code{%pure-parser} are pure. I.e.:
5332
5333 @example
5334 /* Location tracking. */
5335 %locations
5336 /* Pure yylex. */
5337 %pure-parser
5338 %lex-param @{int *nastiness@}
5339 /* Pure yyparse. */
5340 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
5341 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
5342 @end example
5343
5344 @noindent
5345 results in the following signatures for all the parser kinds:
5346
5347 @example
5348 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp, int *nastiness);
5349 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
5350 void yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp,
5351 int *nastiness, int *randomness,
5352 char const *msg);
5353 @end example
5354
5355 @noindent
5356 The prototypes are only indications of how the code produced by Bison
5357 uses @code{yyerror}. Bison-generated code always ignores the returned
5358 value, so @code{yyerror} can return any type, including @code{void}.
5359 Also, @code{yyerror} can be a variadic function; that is why the
5360 message is always passed last.
5361
5362 Traditionally @code{yyerror} returns an @code{int} that is always
5363 ignored, but this is purely for historical reasons, and @code{void} is
5364 preferable since it more accurately describes the return type for
5365 @code{yyerror}.
5366
5367 @vindex yynerrs
5368 The variable @code{yynerrs} contains the number of syntax errors
5369 reported so far. Normally this variable is global; but if you
5370 request a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser})
5371 then it is a local variable which only the actions can access.
5372
5373 @node Action Features
5374 @section Special Features for Use in Actions
5375 @cindex summary, action features
5376 @cindex action features summary
5377
5378 Here is a table of Bison constructs, variables and macros that
5379 are useful in actions.
5380
5381 @deffn {Variable} $$
5382 Acts like a variable that contains the semantic value for the
5383 grouping made by the current rule. @xref{Actions}.
5384 @end deffn
5385
5386 @deffn {Variable} $@var{n}
5387 Acts like a variable that contains the semantic value for the
5388 @var{n}th component of the current rule. @xref{Actions}.
5389 @end deffn
5390
5391 @deffn {Variable} $<@var{typealt}>$
5392 Like @code{$$} but specifies alternative @var{typealt} in the union
5393 specified by the @code{%union} declaration. @xref{Action Types, ,Data
5394 Types of Values in Actions}.
5395 @end deffn
5396
5397 @deffn {Variable} $<@var{typealt}>@var{n}
5398 Like @code{$@var{n}} but specifies alternative @var{typealt} in the
5399 union specified by the @code{%union} declaration.
5400 @xref{Action Types, ,Data Types of Values in Actions}.
5401 @end deffn
5402
5403 @deffn {Macro} YYABORT;
5404 Return immediately from @code{yyparse}, indicating failure.
5405 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
5406 @end deffn
5407
5408 @deffn {Macro} YYACCEPT;
5409 Return immediately from @code{yyparse}, indicating success.
5410 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
5411 @end deffn
5412
5413 @deffn {Macro} YYBACKUP (@var{token}, @var{value});
5414 @findex YYBACKUP
5415 Unshift a token. This macro is allowed only for rules that reduce
5416 a single value, and only when there is no lookahead token.
5417 It is also disallowed in @acronym{GLR} parsers.
5418 It installs a lookahead token with token type @var{token} and
5419 semantic value @var{value}; then it discards the value that was
5420 going to be reduced by this rule.
5421
5422 If the macro is used when it is not valid, such as when there is
5423 a lookahead token already, then it reports a syntax error with
5424 a message @samp{cannot back up} and performs ordinary error
5425 recovery.
5426
5427 In either case, the rest of the action is not executed.
5428 @end deffn
5429
5430 @deffn {Macro} YYEMPTY
5431 @vindex YYEMPTY
5432 Value stored in @code{yychar} when there is no lookahead token.
5433 @end deffn
5434
5435 @deffn {Macro} YYEOF
5436 @vindex YYEOF
5437 Value stored in @code{yychar} when the lookahead is the end of the input
5438 stream.
5439 @end deffn
5440
5441 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR;
5442 @findex YYERROR
5443 Cause an immediate syntax error. This statement initiates error
5444 recovery just as if the parser itself had detected an error; however, it
5445 does not call @code{yyerror}, and does not print any message. If you
5446 want to print an error message, call @code{yyerror} explicitly before
5447 the @samp{YYERROR;} statement. @xref{Error Recovery}.
5448 @end deffn
5449
5450 @deffn {Macro} YYRECOVERING
5451 @findex YYRECOVERING
5452 The expression @code{YYRECOVERING ()} yields 1 when the parser
5453 is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 otherwise.
5454 @xref{Error Recovery}.
5455 @end deffn
5456
5457 @deffn {Variable} yychar
5458 Variable containing either the lookahead token, or @code{YYEOF} when the
5459 lookahead is the end of the input stream, or @code{YYEMPTY} when no lookahead
5460 has been performed so the next token is not yet known.
5461 Do not modify @code{yychar} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
5462 Actions}).
5463 @xref{Lookahead, ,Lookahead Tokens}.
5464 @end deffn
5465
5466 @deffn {Macro} yyclearin;
5467 Discard the current lookahead token. This is useful primarily in
5468 error rules.
5469 Do not invoke @code{yyclearin} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR
5470 Semantic Actions}).
5471 @xref{Error Recovery}.
5472 @end deffn
5473
5474 @deffn {Macro} yyerrok;
5475 Resume generating error messages immediately for subsequent syntax
5476 errors. This is useful primarily in error rules.
5477 @xref{Error Recovery}.
5478 @end deffn
5479
5480 @deffn {Variable} yylloc
5481 Variable containing the lookahead token location when @code{yychar} is not set
5482 to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF}.
5483 Do not modify @code{yylloc} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
5484 Actions}).
5485 @xref{Actions and Locations, ,Actions and Locations}.
5486 @end deffn
5487
5488 @deffn {Variable} yylval
5489 Variable containing the lookahead token semantic value when @code{yychar} is
5490 not set to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF}.
5491 Do not modify @code{yylval} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
5492 Actions}).
5493 @xref{Actions, ,Actions}.
5494 @end deffn
5495
5496 @deffn {Value} @@$
5497 @findex @@$
5498 Acts like a structure variable containing information on the textual location
5499 of the grouping made by the current rule. @xref{Locations, ,
5500 Tracking Locations}.
5501
5502 @c Check if those paragraphs are still useful or not.
5503
5504 @c @example
5505 @c struct @{
5506 @c int first_line, last_line;
5507 @c int first_column, last_column;
5508 @c @};
5509 @c @end example
5510
5511 @c Thus, to get the starting line number of the third component, you would
5512 @c use @samp{@@3.first_line}.
5513
5514 @c In order for the members of this structure to contain valid information,
5515 @c you must make @code{yylex} supply this information about each token.
5516 @c If you need only certain members, then @code{yylex} need only fill in
5517 @c those members.
5518
5519 @c The use of this feature makes the parser noticeably slower.
5520 @end deffn
5521
5522 @deffn {Value} @@@var{n}
5523 @findex @@@var{n}
5524 Acts like a structure variable containing information on the textual location
5525 of the @var{n}th component of the current rule. @xref{Locations, ,
5526 Tracking Locations}.
5527 @end deffn
5528
5529 @node Internationalization
5530 @section Parser Internationalization
5531 @cindex internationalization
5532 @cindex i18n
5533 @cindex NLS
5534 @cindex gettext
5535 @cindex bison-po
5536
5537 A Bison-generated parser can print diagnostics, including error and
5538 tracing messages. By default, they appear in English. However, Bison
5539 also supports outputting diagnostics in the user's native language. To
5540 make this work, the user should set the usual environment variables.
5541 @xref{Users, , The User's View, gettext, GNU @code{gettext} utilities}.
5542 For example, the shell command @samp{export LC_ALL=fr_CA.UTF-8} might
5543 set the user's locale to French Canadian using the @acronym{UTF}-8
5544 encoding. The exact set of available locales depends on the user's
5545 installation.
5546
5547 The maintainer of a package that uses a Bison-generated parser enables
5548 the internationalization of the parser's output through the following
5549 steps. Here we assume a package that uses @acronym{GNU} Autoconf and
5550 @acronym{GNU} Automake.
5551
5552 @enumerate
5553 @item
5554 @cindex bison-i18n.m4
5555 Into the directory containing the @acronym{GNU} Autoconf macros used
5556 by the package---often called @file{m4}---copy the
5557 @file{bison-i18n.m4} file installed by Bison under
5558 @samp{share/aclocal/bison-i18n.m4} in Bison's installation directory.
5559 For example:
5560
5561 @example
5562 cp /usr/local/share/aclocal/bison-i18n.m4 m4/bison-i18n.m4
5563 @end example
5564
5565 @item
5566 @findex BISON_I18N
5567 @vindex BISON_LOCALEDIR
5568 @vindex YYENABLE_NLS
5569 In the top-level @file{configure.ac}, after the @code{AM_GNU_GETTEXT}
5570 invocation, add an invocation of @code{BISON_I18N}. This macro is
5571 defined in the file @file{bison-i18n.m4} that you copied earlier. It
5572 causes @samp{configure} to find the value of the
5573 @code{BISON_LOCALEDIR} variable, and it defines the source-language
5574 symbol @code{YYENABLE_NLS} to enable translations in the
5575 Bison-generated parser.
5576
5577 @item
5578 In the @code{main} function of your program, designate the directory
5579 containing Bison's runtime message catalog, through a call to
5580 @samp{bindtextdomain} with domain name @samp{bison-runtime}.
5581 For example:
5582
5583 @example
5584 bindtextdomain ("bison-runtime", BISON_LOCALEDIR);
5585 @end example
5586
5587 Typically this appears after any other call @code{bindtextdomain
5588 (PACKAGE, LOCALEDIR)} that your package already has. Here we rely on
5589 @samp{BISON_LOCALEDIR} to be defined as a string through the
5590 @file{Makefile}.
5591
5592 @item
5593 In the @file{Makefile.am} that controls the compilation of the @code{main}
5594 function, make @samp{BISON_LOCALEDIR} available as a C preprocessor macro,
5595 either in @samp{DEFS} or in @samp{AM_CPPFLAGS}. For example:
5596
5597 @example
5598 DEFS = @@DEFS@@ -DBISON_LOCALEDIR='"$(BISON_LOCALEDIR)"'
5599 @end example
5600
5601 or:
5602
5603 @example
5604 AM_CPPFLAGS = -DBISON_LOCALEDIR='"$(BISON_LOCALEDIR)"'
5605 @end example
5606
5607 @item
5608 Finally, invoke the command @command{autoreconf} to generate the build
5609 infrastructure.
5610 @end enumerate
5611
5612
5613 @node Algorithm
5614 @chapter The Bison Parser Algorithm
5615 @cindex Bison parser algorithm
5616 @cindex algorithm of parser
5617 @cindex shifting
5618 @cindex reduction
5619 @cindex parser stack
5620 @cindex stack, parser
5621
5622 As Bison reads tokens, it pushes them onto a stack along with their
5623 semantic values. The stack is called the @dfn{parser stack}. Pushing a
5624 token is traditionally called @dfn{shifting}.
5625
5626 For example, suppose the infix calculator has read @samp{1 + 5 *}, with a
5627 @samp{3} to come. The stack will have four elements, one for each token
5628 that was shifted.
5629
5630 But the stack does not always have an element for each token read. When
5631 the last @var{n} tokens and groupings shifted match the components of a
5632 grammar rule, they can be combined according to that rule. This is called
5633 @dfn{reduction}. Those tokens and groupings are replaced on the stack by a
5634 single grouping whose symbol is the result (left hand side) of that rule.
5635 Running the rule's action is part of the process of reduction, because this
5636 is what computes the semantic value of the resulting grouping.
5637
5638 For example, if the infix calculator's parser stack contains this:
5639
5640 @example
5641 1 + 5 * 3
5642 @end example
5643
5644 @noindent
5645 and the next input token is a newline character, then the last three
5646 elements can be reduced to 15 via the rule:
5647
5648 @example
5649 expr: expr '*' expr;
5650 @end example
5651
5652 @noindent
5653 Then the stack contains just these three elements:
5654
5655 @example
5656 1 + 15
5657 @end example
5658
5659 @noindent
5660 At this point, another reduction can be made, resulting in the single value
5661 16. Then the newline token can be shifted.
5662
5663 The parser tries, by shifts and reductions, to reduce the entire input down
5664 to a single grouping whose symbol is the grammar's start-symbol
5665 (@pxref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}).
5666
5667 This kind of parser is known in the literature as a bottom-up parser.
5668
5669 @menu
5670 * Lookahead:: Parser looks one token ahead when deciding what to do.
5671 * Shift/Reduce:: Conflicts: when either shifting or reduction is valid.
5672 * Precedence:: Operator precedence works by resolving conflicts.
5673 * Contextual Precedence:: When an operator's precedence depends on context.
5674 * Parser States:: The parser is a finite-state-machine with stack.
5675 * Reduce/Reduce:: When two rules are applicable in the same situation.
5676 * Mystery Conflicts:: Reduce/reduce conflicts that look unjustified.
5677 * Generalized LR Parsing:: Parsing arbitrary context-free grammars.
5678 * Memory Management:: What happens when memory is exhausted. How to avoid it.
5679 @end menu
5680
5681 @node Lookahead
5682 @section Lookahead Tokens
5683 @cindex lookahead token
5684
5685 The Bison parser does @emph{not} always reduce immediately as soon as the
5686 last @var{n} tokens and groupings match a rule. This is because such a
5687 simple strategy is inadequate to handle most languages. Instead, when a
5688 reduction is possible, the parser sometimes ``looks ahead'' at the next
5689 token in order to decide what to do.
5690
5691 When a token is read, it is not immediately shifted; first it becomes the
5692 @dfn{lookahead token}, which is not on the stack. Now the parser can
5693 perform one or more reductions of tokens and groupings on the stack, while
5694 the lookahead token remains off to the side. When no more reductions
5695 should take place, the lookahead token is shifted onto the stack. This
5696 does not mean that all possible reductions have been done; depending on the
5697 token type of the lookahead token, some rules may choose to delay their
5698 application.
5699
5700 Here is a simple case where lookahead is needed. These three rules define
5701 expressions which contain binary addition operators and postfix unary
5702 factorial operators (@samp{!}), and allow parentheses for grouping.
5703
5704 @example
5705 @group
5706 expr: term '+' expr
5707 | term
5708 ;
5709 @end group
5710
5711 @group
5712 term: '(' expr ')'
5713 | term '!'
5714 | NUMBER
5715 ;
5716 @end group
5717 @end example
5718
5719 Suppose that the tokens @w{@samp{1 + 2}} have been read and shifted; what
5720 should be done? If the following token is @samp{)}, then the first three
5721 tokens must be reduced to form an @code{expr}. This is the only valid
5722 course, because shifting the @samp{)} would produce a sequence of symbols
5723 @w{@code{term ')'}}, and no rule allows this.
5724
5725 If the following token is @samp{!}, then it must be shifted immediately so
5726 that @w{@samp{2 !}} can be reduced to make a @code{term}. If instead the
5727 parser were to reduce before shifting, @w{@samp{1 + 2}} would become an
5728 @code{expr}. It would then be impossible to shift the @samp{!} because
5729 doing so would produce on the stack the sequence of symbols @code{expr
5730 '!'}. No rule allows that sequence.
5731
5732 @vindex yychar
5733 @vindex yylval
5734 @vindex yylloc
5735 The lookahead token is stored in the variable @code{yychar}.
5736 Its semantic value and location, if any, are stored in the variables
5737 @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc}.
5738 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
5739
5740 @node Shift/Reduce
5741 @section Shift/Reduce Conflicts
5742 @cindex conflicts
5743 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
5744 @cindex dangling @code{else}
5745 @cindex @code{else}, dangling
5746
5747 Suppose we are parsing a language which has if-then and if-then-else
5748 statements, with a pair of rules like this:
5749
5750 @example
5751 @group
5752 if_stmt:
5753 IF expr THEN stmt
5754 | IF expr THEN stmt ELSE stmt
5755 ;
5756 @end group
5757 @end example
5758
5759 @noindent
5760 Here we assume that @code{IF}, @code{THEN} and @code{ELSE} are
5761 terminal symbols for specific keyword tokens.
5762
5763 When the @code{ELSE} token is read and becomes the lookahead token, the
5764 contents of the stack (assuming the input is valid) are just right for
5765 reduction by the first rule. But it is also legitimate to shift the
5766 @code{ELSE}, because that would lead to eventual reduction by the second
5767 rule.
5768
5769 This situation, where either a shift or a reduction would be valid, is
5770 called a @dfn{shift/reduce conflict}. Bison is designed to resolve
5771 these conflicts by choosing to shift, unless otherwise directed by
5772 operator precedence declarations. To see the reason for this, let's
5773 contrast it with the other alternative.
5774
5775 Since the parser prefers to shift the @code{ELSE}, the result is to attach
5776 the else-clause to the innermost if-statement, making these two inputs
5777 equivalent:
5778
5779 @example
5780 if x then if y then win (); else lose;
5781
5782 if x then do; if y then win (); else lose; end;
5783 @end example
5784
5785 But if the parser chose to reduce when possible rather than shift, the
5786 result would be to attach the else-clause to the outermost if-statement,
5787 making these two inputs equivalent:
5788
5789 @example
5790 if x then if y then win (); else lose;
5791
5792 if x then do; if y then win (); end; else lose;
5793 @end example
5794
5795 The conflict exists because the grammar as written is ambiguous: either
5796 parsing of the simple nested if-statement is legitimate. The established
5797 convention is that these ambiguities are resolved by attaching the
5798 else-clause to the innermost if-statement; this is what Bison accomplishes
5799 by choosing to shift rather than reduce. (It would ideally be cleaner to
5800 write an unambiguous grammar, but that is very hard to do in this case.)
5801 This particular ambiguity was first encountered in the specifications of
5802 Algol 60 and is called the ``dangling @code{else}'' ambiguity.
5803
5804 To avoid warnings from Bison about predictable, legitimate shift/reduce
5805 conflicts, use the @code{%expect @var{n}} declaration. There will be no
5806 warning as long as the number of shift/reduce conflicts is exactly @var{n}.
5807 @xref{Expect Decl, ,Suppressing Conflict Warnings}.
5808
5809 The definition of @code{if_stmt} above is solely to blame for the
5810 conflict, but the conflict does not actually appear without additional
5811 rules. Here is a complete Bison input file that actually manifests the
5812 conflict:
5813
5814 @example
5815 @group
5816 %token IF THEN ELSE variable
5817 %%
5818 @end group
5819 @group
5820 stmt: expr
5821 | if_stmt
5822 ;
5823 @end group
5824
5825 @group
5826 if_stmt:
5827 IF expr THEN stmt
5828 | IF expr THEN stmt ELSE stmt
5829 ;
5830 @end group
5831
5832 expr: variable
5833 ;
5834 @end example
5835
5836 @node Precedence
5837 @section Operator Precedence
5838 @cindex operator precedence
5839 @cindex precedence of operators
5840
5841 Another situation where shift/reduce conflicts appear is in arithmetic
5842 expressions. Here shifting is not always the preferred resolution; the
5843 Bison declarations for operator precedence allow you to specify when to
5844 shift and when to reduce.
5845
5846 @menu
5847 * Why Precedence:: An example showing why precedence is needed.
5848 * Using Precedence:: How to specify precedence in Bison grammars.
5849 * Precedence Examples:: How these features are used in the previous example.
5850 * How Precedence:: How they work.
5851 @end menu
5852
5853 @node Why Precedence
5854 @subsection When Precedence is Needed
5855
5856 Consider the following ambiguous grammar fragment (ambiguous because the
5857 input @w{@samp{1 - 2 * 3}} can be parsed in two different ways):
5858
5859 @example
5860 @group
5861 expr: expr '-' expr
5862 | expr '*' expr
5863 | expr '<' expr
5864 | '(' expr ')'
5865 @dots{}
5866 ;
5867 @end group
5868 @end example
5869
5870 @noindent
5871 Suppose the parser has seen the tokens @samp{1}, @samp{-} and @samp{2};
5872 should it reduce them via the rule for the subtraction operator? It
5873 depends on the next token. Of course, if the next token is @samp{)}, we
5874 must reduce; shifting is invalid because no single rule can reduce the
5875 token sequence @w{@samp{- 2 )}} or anything starting with that. But if
5876 the next token is @samp{*} or @samp{<}, we have a choice: either
5877 shifting or reduction would allow the parse to complete, but with
5878 different results.
5879
5880 To decide which one Bison should do, we must consider the results. If
5881 the next operator token @var{op} is shifted, then it must be reduced
5882 first in order to permit another opportunity to reduce the difference.
5883 The result is (in effect) @w{@samp{1 - (2 @var{op} 3)}}. On the other
5884 hand, if the subtraction is reduced before shifting @var{op}, the result
5885 is @w{@samp{(1 - 2) @var{op} 3}}. Clearly, then, the choice of shift or
5886 reduce should depend on the relative precedence of the operators
5887 @samp{-} and @var{op}: @samp{*} should be shifted first, but not
5888 @samp{<}.
5889
5890 @cindex associativity
5891 What about input such as @w{@samp{1 - 2 - 5}}; should this be
5892 @w{@samp{(1 - 2) - 5}} or should it be @w{@samp{1 - (2 - 5)}}? For most
5893 operators we prefer the former, which is called @dfn{left association}.
5894 The latter alternative, @dfn{right association}, is desirable for
5895 assignment operators. The choice of left or right association is a
5896 matter of whether the parser chooses to shift or reduce when the stack
5897 contains @w{@samp{1 - 2}} and the lookahead token is @samp{-}: shifting
5898 makes right-associativity.
5899
5900 @node Using Precedence
5901 @subsection Specifying Operator Precedence
5902 @findex %left
5903 @findex %right
5904 @findex %nonassoc
5905
5906 Bison allows you to specify these choices with the operator precedence
5907 declarations @code{%left} and @code{%right}. Each such declaration
5908 contains a list of tokens, which are operators whose precedence and
5909 associativity is being declared. The @code{%left} declaration makes all
5910 those operators left-associative and the @code{%right} declaration makes
5911 them right-associative. A third alternative is @code{%nonassoc}, which
5912 declares that it is a syntax error to find the same operator twice ``in a
5913 row''.
5914
5915 The relative precedence of different operators is controlled by the
5916 order in which they are declared. The first @code{%left} or
5917 @code{%right} declaration in the file declares the operators whose
5918 precedence is lowest, the next such declaration declares the operators
5919 whose precedence is a little higher, and so on.
5920
5921 @node Precedence Examples
5922 @subsection Precedence Examples
5923
5924 In our example, we would want the following declarations:
5925
5926 @example
5927 %left '<'
5928 %left '-'
5929 %left '*'
5930 @end example
5931
5932 In a more complete example, which supports other operators as well, we
5933 would declare them in groups of equal precedence. For example, @code{'+'} is
5934 declared with @code{'-'}:
5935
5936 @example
5937 %left '<' '>' '=' NE LE GE
5938 %left '+' '-'
5939 %left '*' '/'
5940 @end example
5941
5942 @noindent
5943 (Here @code{NE} and so on stand for the operators for ``not equal''
5944 and so on. We assume that these tokens are more than one character long
5945 and therefore are represented by names, not character literals.)
5946
5947 @node How Precedence
5948 @subsection How Precedence Works
5949
5950 The first effect of the precedence declarations is to assign precedence
5951 levels to the terminal symbols declared. The second effect is to assign
5952 precedence levels to certain rules: each rule gets its precedence from
5953 the last terminal symbol mentioned in the components. (You can also
5954 specify explicitly the precedence of a rule. @xref{Contextual
5955 Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.)
5956
5957 Finally, the resolution of conflicts works by comparing the precedence
5958 of the rule being considered with that of the lookahead token. If the
5959 token's precedence is higher, the choice is to shift. If the rule's
5960 precedence is higher, the choice is to reduce. If they have equal
5961 precedence, the choice is made based on the associativity of that
5962 precedence level. The verbose output file made by @samp{-v}
5963 (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}) says how each conflict was
5964 resolved.
5965
5966 Not all rules and not all tokens have precedence. If either the rule or
5967 the lookahead token has no precedence, then the default is to shift.
5968
5969 @node Contextual Precedence
5970 @section Context-Dependent Precedence
5971 @cindex context-dependent precedence
5972 @cindex unary operator precedence
5973 @cindex precedence, context-dependent
5974 @cindex precedence, unary operator
5975 @findex %prec
5976
5977 Often the precedence of an operator depends on the context. This sounds
5978 outlandish at first, but it is really very common. For example, a minus
5979 sign typically has a very high precedence as a unary operator, and a
5980 somewhat lower precedence (lower than multiplication) as a binary operator.
5981
5982 The Bison precedence declarations, @code{%left}, @code{%right} and
5983 @code{%nonassoc}, can only be used once for a given token; so a token has
5984 only one precedence declared in this way. For context-dependent
5985 precedence, you need to use an additional mechanism: the @code{%prec}
5986 modifier for rules.
5987
5988 The @code{%prec} modifier declares the precedence of a particular rule by
5989 specifying a terminal symbol whose precedence should be used for that rule.
5990 It's not necessary for that symbol to appear otherwise in the rule. The
5991 modifier's syntax is:
5992
5993 @example
5994 %prec @var{terminal-symbol}
5995 @end example
5996
5997 @noindent
5998 and it is written after the components of the rule. Its effect is to
5999 assign the rule the precedence of @var{terminal-symbol}, overriding
6000 the precedence that would be deduced for it in the ordinary way. The
6001 altered rule precedence then affects how conflicts involving that rule
6002 are resolved (@pxref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}).
6003
6004 Here is how @code{%prec} solves the problem of unary minus. First, declare
6005 a precedence for a fictitious terminal symbol named @code{UMINUS}. There
6006 are no tokens of this type, but the symbol serves to stand for its
6007 precedence:
6008
6009 @example
6010 @dots{}
6011 %left '+' '-'
6012 %left '*'
6013 %left UMINUS
6014 @end example
6015
6016 Now the precedence of @code{UMINUS} can be used in specific rules:
6017
6018 @example
6019 @group
6020 exp: @dots{}
6021 | exp '-' exp
6022 @dots{}
6023 | '-' exp %prec UMINUS
6024 @end group
6025 @end example
6026
6027 @ifset defaultprec
6028 If you forget to append @code{%prec UMINUS} to the rule for unary
6029 minus, Bison silently assumes that minus has its usual precedence.
6030 This kind of problem can be tricky to debug, since one typically
6031 discovers the mistake only by testing the code.
6032
6033 The @code{%no-default-prec;} declaration makes it easier to discover
6034 this kind of problem systematically. It causes rules that lack a
6035 @code{%prec} modifier to have no precedence, even if the last terminal
6036 symbol mentioned in their components has a declared precedence.
6037
6038 If @code{%no-default-prec;} is in effect, you must specify @code{%prec}
6039 for all rules that participate in precedence conflict resolution.
6040 Then you will see any shift/reduce conflict until you tell Bison how
6041 to resolve it, either by changing your grammar or by adding an
6042 explicit precedence. This will probably add declarations to the
6043 grammar, but it helps to protect against incorrect rule precedences.
6044
6045 The effect of @code{%no-default-prec;} can be reversed by giving
6046 @code{%default-prec;}, which is the default.
6047 @end ifset
6048
6049 @node Parser States
6050 @section Parser States
6051 @cindex finite-state machine
6052 @cindex parser state
6053 @cindex state (of parser)
6054
6055 The function @code{yyparse} is implemented using a finite-state machine.
6056 The values pushed on the parser stack are not simply token type codes; they
6057 represent the entire sequence of terminal and nonterminal symbols at or
6058 near the top of the stack. The current state collects all the information
6059 about previous input which is relevant to deciding what to do next.
6060
6061 Each time a lookahead token is read, the current parser state together
6062 with the type of lookahead token are looked up in a table. This table
6063 entry can say, ``Shift the lookahead token.'' In this case, it also
6064 specifies the new parser state, which is pushed onto the top of the
6065 parser stack. Or it can say, ``Reduce using rule number @var{n}.''
6066 This means that a certain number of tokens or groupings are taken off
6067 the top of the stack, and replaced by one grouping. In other words,
6068 that number of states are popped from the stack, and one new state is
6069 pushed.
6070
6071 There is one other alternative: the table can say that the lookahead token
6072 is erroneous in the current state. This causes error processing to begin
6073 (@pxref{Error Recovery}).
6074
6075 @node Reduce/Reduce
6076 @section Reduce/Reduce Conflicts
6077 @cindex reduce/reduce conflict
6078 @cindex conflicts, reduce/reduce
6079
6080 A reduce/reduce conflict occurs if there are two or more rules that apply
6081 to the same sequence of input. This usually indicates a serious error
6082 in the grammar.
6083
6084 For example, here is an erroneous attempt to define a sequence
6085 of zero or more @code{word} groupings.
6086
6087 @example
6088 sequence: /* empty */
6089 @{ printf ("empty sequence\n"); @}
6090 | maybeword
6091 | sequence word
6092 @{ printf ("added word %s\n", $2); @}
6093 ;
6094
6095 maybeword: /* empty */
6096 @{ printf ("empty maybeword\n"); @}
6097 | word
6098 @{ printf ("single word %s\n", $1); @}
6099 ;
6100 @end example
6101
6102 @noindent
6103 The error is an ambiguity: there is more than one way to parse a single
6104 @code{word} into a @code{sequence}. It could be reduced to a
6105 @code{maybeword} and then into a @code{sequence} via the second rule.
6106 Alternatively, nothing-at-all could be reduced into a @code{sequence}
6107 via the first rule, and this could be combined with the @code{word}
6108 using the third rule for @code{sequence}.
6109
6110 There is also more than one way to reduce nothing-at-all into a
6111 @code{sequence}. This can be done directly via the first rule,
6112 or indirectly via @code{maybeword} and then the second rule.
6113
6114 You might think that this is a distinction without a difference, because it
6115 does not change whether any particular input is valid or not. But it does
6116 affect which actions are run. One parsing order runs the second rule's
6117 action; the other runs the first rule's action and the third rule's action.
6118 In this example, the output of the program changes.
6119
6120 Bison resolves a reduce/reduce conflict by choosing to use the rule that
6121 appears first in the grammar, but it is very risky to rely on this. Every
6122 reduce/reduce conflict must be studied and usually eliminated. Here is the
6123 proper way to define @code{sequence}:
6124
6125 @example
6126 sequence: /* empty */
6127 @{ printf ("empty sequence\n"); @}
6128 | sequence word
6129 @{ printf ("added word %s\n", $2); @}
6130 ;
6131 @end example
6132
6133 Here is another common error that yields a reduce/reduce conflict:
6134
6135 @example
6136 sequence: /* empty */
6137 | sequence words
6138 | sequence redirects
6139 ;
6140
6141 words: /* empty */
6142 | words word
6143 ;
6144
6145 redirects:/* empty */
6146 | redirects redirect
6147 ;
6148 @end example
6149
6150 @noindent
6151 The intention here is to define a sequence which can contain either
6152 @code{word} or @code{redirect} groupings. The individual definitions of
6153 @code{sequence}, @code{words} and @code{redirects} are error-free, but the
6154 three together make a subtle ambiguity: even an empty input can be parsed
6155 in infinitely many ways!
6156
6157 Consider: nothing-at-all could be a @code{words}. Or it could be two
6158 @code{words} in a row, or three, or any number. It could equally well be a
6159 @code{redirects}, or two, or any number. Or it could be a @code{words}
6160 followed by three @code{redirects} and another @code{words}. And so on.
6161
6162 Here are two ways to correct these rules. First, to make it a single level
6163 of sequence:
6164
6165 @example
6166 sequence: /* empty */
6167 | sequence word
6168 | sequence redirect
6169 ;
6170 @end example
6171
6172 Second, to prevent either a @code{words} or a @code{redirects}
6173 from being empty:
6174
6175 @example
6176 sequence: /* empty */
6177 | sequence words
6178 | sequence redirects
6179 ;
6180
6181 words: word
6182 | words word
6183 ;
6184
6185 redirects:redirect
6186 | redirects redirect
6187 ;
6188 @end example
6189
6190 @node Mystery Conflicts
6191 @section Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts
6192
6193 Sometimes reduce/reduce conflicts can occur that don't look warranted.
6194 Here is an example:
6195
6196 @example
6197 @group
6198 %token ID
6199
6200 %%
6201 def: param_spec return_spec ','
6202 ;
6203 param_spec:
6204 type
6205 | name_list ':' type
6206 ;
6207 @end group
6208 @group
6209 return_spec:
6210 type
6211 | name ':' type
6212 ;
6213 @end group
6214 @group
6215 type: ID
6216 ;
6217 @end group
6218 @group
6219 name: ID
6220 ;
6221 name_list:
6222 name
6223 | name ',' name_list
6224 ;
6225 @end group
6226 @end example
6227
6228 It would seem that this grammar can be parsed with only a single token
6229 of lookahead: when a @code{param_spec} is being read, an @code{ID} is
6230 a @code{name} if a comma or colon follows, or a @code{type} if another
6231 @code{ID} follows. In other words, this grammar is @acronym{LR}(1).
6232
6233 @cindex @acronym{LR}(1)
6234 @cindex @acronym{LALR}(1)
6235 However, Bison, like most parser generators, cannot actually handle all
6236 @acronym{LR}(1) grammars. In this grammar, two contexts, that after
6237 an @code{ID}
6238 at the beginning of a @code{param_spec} and likewise at the beginning of
6239 a @code{return_spec}, are similar enough that Bison assumes they are the
6240 same. They appear similar because the same set of rules would be
6241 active---the rule for reducing to a @code{name} and that for reducing to
6242 a @code{type}. Bison is unable to determine at that stage of processing
6243 that the rules would require different lookahead tokens in the two
6244 contexts, so it makes a single parser state for them both. Combining
6245 the two contexts causes a conflict later. In parser terminology, this
6246 occurrence means that the grammar is not @acronym{LALR}(1).
6247
6248 In general, it is better to fix deficiencies than to document them. But
6249 this particular deficiency is intrinsically hard to fix; parser
6250 generators that can handle @acronym{LR}(1) grammars are hard to write
6251 and tend to
6252 produce parsers that are very large. In practice, Bison is more useful
6253 as it is now.
6254
6255 When the problem arises, you can often fix it by identifying the two
6256 parser states that are being confused, and adding something to make them
6257 look distinct. In the above example, adding one rule to
6258 @code{return_spec} as follows makes the problem go away:
6259
6260 @example
6261 @group
6262 %token BOGUS
6263 @dots{}
6264 %%
6265 @dots{}
6266 return_spec:
6267 type
6268 | name ':' type
6269 /* This rule is never used. */
6270 | ID BOGUS
6271 ;
6272 @end group
6273 @end example
6274
6275 This corrects the problem because it introduces the possibility of an
6276 additional active rule in the context after the @code{ID} at the beginning of
6277 @code{return_spec}. This rule is not active in the corresponding context
6278 in a @code{param_spec}, so the two contexts receive distinct parser states.
6279 As long as the token @code{BOGUS} is never generated by @code{yylex},
6280 the added rule cannot alter the way actual input is parsed.
6281
6282 In this particular example, there is another way to solve the problem:
6283 rewrite the rule for @code{return_spec} to use @code{ID} directly
6284 instead of via @code{name}. This also causes the two confusing
6285 contexts to have different sets of active rules, because the one for
6286 @code{return_spec} activates the altered rule for @code{return_spec}
6287 rather than the one for @code{name}.
6288
6289 @example
6290 param_spec:
6291 type
6292 | name_list ':' type
6293 ;
6294 return_spec:
6295 type
6296 | ID ':' type
6297 ;
6298 @end example
6299
6300 For a more detailed exposition of @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers and parser
6301 generators, please see:
6302 Frank DeRemer and Thomas Pennello, Efficient Computation of
6303 @acronym{LALR}(1) Look-Ahead Sets, @cite{@acronym{ACM} Transactions on
6304 Programming Languages and Systems}, Vol.@: 4, No.@: 4 (October 1982),
6305 pp.@: 615--649 @uref{http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/69622.357187}.
6306
6307 @node Generalized LR Parsing
6308 @section Generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) Parsing
6309 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
6310 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
6311 @cindex ambiguous grammars
6312 @cindex nondeterministic parsing
6313
6314 Bison produces @emph{deterministic} parsers that choose uniquely
6315 when to reduce and which reduction to apply
6316 based on a summary of the preceding input and on one extra token of lookahead.
6317 As a result, normal Bison handles a proper subset of the family of
6318 context-free languages.
6319 Ambiguous grammars, since they have strings with more than one possible
6320 sequence of reductions cannot have deterministic parsers in this sense.
6321 The same is true of languages that require more than one symbol of
6322 lookahead, since the parser lacks the information necessary to make a
6323 decision at the point it must be made in a shift-reduce parser.
6324 Finally, as previously mentioned (@pxref{Mystery Conflicts}),
6325 there are languages where Bison's particular choice of how to
6326 summarize the input seen so far loses necessary information.
6327
6328 When you use the @samp{%glr-parser} declaration in your grammar file,
6329 Bison generates a parser that uses a different algorithm, called
6330 Generalized @acronym{LR} (or @acronym{GLR}). A Bison @acronym{GLR}
6331 parser uses the same basic
6332 algorithm for parsing as an ordinary Bison parser, but behaves
6333 differently in cases where there is a shift-reduce conflict that has not
6334 been resolved by precedence rules (@pxref{Precedence}) or a
6335 reduce-reduce conflict. When a @acronym{GLR} parser encounters such a
6336 situation, it
6337 effectively @emph{splits} into a several parsers, one for each possible
6338 shift or reduction. These parsers then proceed as usual, consuming
6339 tokens in lock-step. Some of the stacks may encounter other conflicts
6340 and split further, with the result that instead of a sequence of states,
6341 a Bison @acronym{GLR} parsing stack is what is in effect a tree of states.
6342
6343 In effect, each stack represents a guess as to what the proper parse
6344 is. Additional input may indicate that a guess was wrong, in which case
6345 the appropriate stack silently disappears. Otherwise, the semantics
6346 actions generated in each stack are saved, rather than being executed
6347 immediately. When a stack disappears, its saved semantic actions never
6348 get executed. When a reduction causes two stacks to become equivalent,
6349 their sets of semantic actions are both saved with the state that
6350 results from the reduction. We say that two stacks are equivalent
6351 when they both represent the same sequence of states,
6352 and each pair of corresponding states represents a
6353 grammar symbol that produces the same segment of the input token
6354 stream.
6355
6356 Whenever the parser makes a transition from having multiple
6357 states to having one, it reverts to the normal @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing
6358 algorithm, after resolving and executing the saved-up actions.
6359 At this transition, some of the states on the stack will have semantic
6360 values that are sets (actually multisets) of possible actions. The
6361 parser tries to pick one of the actions by first finding one whose rule
6362 has the highest dynamic precedence, as set by the @samp{%dprec}
6363 declaration. Otherwise, if the alternative actions are not ordered by
6364 precedence, but there the same merging function is declared for both
6365 rules by the @samp{%merge} declaration,
6366 Bison resolves and evaluates both and then calls the merge function on
6367 the result. Otherwise, it reports an ambiguity.
6368
6369 It is possible to use a data structure for the @acronym{GLR} parsing tree that
6370 permits the processing of any @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar in linear time (in the
6371 size of the input), any unambiguous (not necessarily
6372 @acronym{LALR}(1)) grammar in
6373 quadratic worst-case time, and any general (possibly ambiguous)
6374 context-free grammar in cubic worst-case time. However, Bison currently
6375 uses a simpler data structure that requires time proportional to the
6376 length of the input times the maximum number of stacks required for any
6377 prefix of the input. Thus, really ambiguous or nondeterministic
6378 grammars can require exponential time and space to process. Such badly
6379 behaving examples, however, are not generally of practical interest.
6380 Usually, nondeterminism in a grammar is local---the parser is ``in
6381 doubt'' only for a few tokens at a time. Therefore, the current data
6382 structure should generally be adequate. On @acronym{LALR}(1) portions of a
6383 grammar, in particular, it is only slightly slower than with the default
6384 Bison parser.
6385
6386 For a more detailed exposition of @acronym{GLR} parsers, please see: Elizabeth
6387 Scott, Adrian Johnstone and Shamsa Sadaf Hussain, Tomita-Style
6388 Generalised @acronym{LR} Parsers, Royal Holloway, University of
6389 London, Department of Computer Science, TR-00-12,
6390 @uref{http://www.cs.rhul.ac.uk/research/languages/publications/tomita_style_1.ps},
6391 (2000-12-24).
6392
6393 @node Memory Management
6394 @section Memory Management, and How to Avoid Memory Exhaustion
6395 @cindex memory exhaustion
6396 @cindex memory management
6397 @cindex stack overflow
6398 @cindex parser stack overflow
6399 @cindex overflow of parser stack
6400
6401 The Bison parser stack can run out of memory if too many tokens are shifted and
6402 not reduced. When this happens, the parser function @code{yyparse}
6403 calls @code{yyerror} and then returns 2.
6404
6405 Because Bison parsers have growing stacks, hitting the upper limit
6406 usually results from using a right recursion instead of a left
6407 recursion, @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive Rules}.
6408
6409 @vindex YYMAXDEPTH
6410 By defining the macro @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, you can control how deep the
6411 parser stack can become before memory is exhausted. Define the
6412 macro with a value that is an integer. This value is the maximum number
6413 of tokens that can be shifted (and not reduced) before overflow.
6414
6415 The stack space allowed is not necessarily allocated. If you specify a
6416 large value for @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, the parser normally allocates a small
6417 stack at first, and then makes it bigger by stages as needed. This
6418 increasing allocation happens automatically and silently. Therefore,
6419 you do not need to make @code{YYMAXDEPTH} painfully small merely to save
6420 space for ordinary inputs that do not need much stack.
6421
6422 However, do not allow @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to be a value so large that
6423 arithmetic overflow could occur when calculating the size of the stack
6424 space. Also, do not allow @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to be less than
6425 @code{YYINITDEPTH}.
6426
6427 @cindex default stack limit
6428 The default value of @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, if you do not define it, is
6429 10000.
6430
6431 @vindex YYINITDEPTH
6432 You can control how much stack is allocated initially by defining the
6433 macro @code{YYINITDEPTH} to a positive integer. For the C
6434 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser, this value must be a compile-time constant
6435 unless you are assuming C99 or some other target language or compiler
6436 that allows variable-length arrays. The default is 200.
6437
6438 Do not allow @code{YYINITDEPTH} to be greater than @code{YYMAXDEPTH}.
6439
6440 @c FIXME: C++ output.
6441 Because of semantical differences between C and C++, the
6442 @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers in C produced by Bison cannot grow when compiled
6443 by C++ compilers. In this precise case (compiling a C parser as C++) you are
6444 suggested to grow @code{YYINITDEPTH}. The Bison maintainers hope to fix
6445 this deficiency in a future release.
6446
6447 @node Error Recovery
6448 @chapter Error Recovery
6449 @cindex error recovery
6450 @cindex recovery from errors
6451
6452 It is not usually acceptable to have a program terminate on a syntax
6453 error. For example, a compiler should recover sufficiently to parse the
6454 rest of the input file and check it for errors; a calculator should accept
6455 another expression.
6456
6457 In a simple interactive command parser where each input is one line, it may
6458 be sufficient to allow @code{yyparse} to return 1 on error and have the
6459 caller ignore the rest of the input line when that happens (and then call
6460 @code{yyparse} again). But this is inadequate for a compiler, because it
6461 forgets all the syntactic context leading up to the error. A syntax error
6462 deep within a function in the compiler input should not cause the compiler
6463 to treat the following line like the beginning of a source file.
6464
6465 @findex error
6466 You can define how to recover from a syntax error by writing rules to
6467 recognize the special token @code{error}. This is a terminal symbol that
6468 is always defined (you need not declare it) and reserved for error
6469 handling. The Bison parser generates an @code{error} token whenever a
6470 syntax error happens; if you have provided a rule to recognize this token
6471 in the current context, the parse can continue.
6472
6473 For example:
6474
6475 @example
6476 stmnts: /* empty string */
6477 | stmnts '\n'
6478 | stmnts exp '\n'
6479 | stmnts error '\n'
6480 @end example
6481
6482 The fourth rule in this example says that an error followed by a newline
6483 makes a valid addition to any @code{stmnts}.
6484
6485 What happens if a syntax error occurs in the middle of an @code{exp}? The
6486 error recovery rule, interpreted strictly, applies to the precise sequence
6487 of a @code{stmnts}, an @code{error} and a newline. If an error occurs in
6488 the middle of an @code{exp}, there will probably be some additional tokens
6489 and subexpressions on the stack after the last @code{stmnts}, and there
6490 will be tokens to read before the next newline. So the rule is not
6491 applicable in the ordinary way.
6492
6493 But Bison can force the situation to fit the rule, by discarding part of
6494 the semantic context and part of the input. First it discards states
6495 and objects from the stack until it gets back to a state in which the
6496 @code{error} token is acceptable. (This means that the subexpressions
6497 already parsed are discarded, back to the last complete @code{stmnts}.)
6498 At this point the @code{error} token can be shifted. Then, if the old
6499 lookahead token is not acceptable to be shifted next, the parser reads
6500 tokens and discards them until it finds a token which is acceptable. In
6501 this example, Bison reads and discards input until the next newline so
6502 that the fourth rule can apply. Note that discarded symbols are
6503 possible sources of memory leaks, see @ref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing
6504 Discarded Symbols}, for a means to reclaim this memory.
6505
6506 The choice of error rules in the grammar is a choice of strategies for
6507 error recovery. A simple and useful strategy is simply to skip the rest of
6508 the current input line or current statement if an error is detected:
6509
6510 @example
6511 stmnt: error ';' /* On error, skip until ';' is read. */
6512 @end example
6513
6514 It is also useful to recover to the matching close-delimiter of an
6515 opening-delimiter that has already been parsed. Otherwise the
6516 close-delimiter will probably appear to be unmatched, and generate another,
6517 spurious error message:
6518
6519 @example
6520 primary: '(' expr ')'
6521 | '(' error ')'
6522 @dots{}
6523 ;
6524 @end example
6525
6526 Error recovery strategies are necessarily guesses. When they guess wrong,
6527 one syntax error often leads to another. In the above example, the error
6528 recovery rule guesses that an error is due to bad input within one
6529 @code{stmnt}. Suppose that instead a spurious semicolon is inserted in the
6530 middle of a valid @code{stmnt}. After the error recovery rule recovers
6531 from the first error, another syntax error will be found straightaway,
6532 since the text following the spurious semicolon is also an invalid
6533 @code{stmnt}.
6534
6535 To prevent an outpouring of error messages, the parser will output no error
6536 message for another syntax error that happens shortly after the first; only
6537 after three consecutive input tokens have been successfully shifted will
6538 error messages resume.
6539
6540 Note that rules which accept the @code{error} token may have actions, just
6541 as any other rules can.
6542
6543 @findex yyerrok
6544 You can make error messages resume immediately by using the macro
6545 @code{yyerrok} in an action. If you do this in the error rule's action, no
6546 error messages will be suppressed. This macro requires no arguments;
6547 @samp{yyerrok;} is a valid C statement.
6548
6549 @findex yyclearin
6550 The previous lookahead token is reanalyzed immediately after an error. If
6551 this is unacceptable, then the macro @code{yyclearin} may be used to clear
6552 this token. Write the statement @samp{yyclearin;} in the error rule's
6553 action.
6554 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
6555
6556 For example, suppose that on a syntax error, an error handling routine is
6557 called that advances the input stream to some point where parsing should
6558 once again commence. The next symbol returned by the lexical scanner is
6559 probably correct. The previous lookahead token ought to be discarded
6560 with @samp{yyclearin;}.
6561
6562 @vindex YYRECOVERING
6563 The expression @code{YYRECOVERING ()} yields 1 when the parser
6564 is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 otherwise.
6565 Syntax error diagnostics are suppressed while recovering from a syntax
6566 error.
6567
6568 @node Context Dependency
6569 @chapter Handling Context Dependencies
6570
6571 The Bison paradigm is to parse tokens first, then group them into larger
6572 syntactic units. In many languages, the meaning of a token is affected by
6573 its context. Although this violates the Bison paradigm, certain techniques
6574 (known as @dfn{kludges}) may enable you to write Bison parsers for such
6575 languages.
6576
6577 @menu
6578 * Semantic Tokens:: Token parsing can depend on the semantic context.
6579 * Lexical Tie-ins:: Token parsing can depend on the syntactic context.
6580 * Tie-in Recovery:: Lexical tie-ins have implications for how
6581 error recovery rules must be written.
6582 @end menu
6583
6584 (Actually, ``kludge'' means any technique that gets its job done but is
6585 neither clean nor robust.)
6586
6587 @node Semantic Tokens
6588 @section Semantic Info in Token Types
6589
6590 The C language has a context dependency: the way an identifier is used
6591 depends on what its current meaning is. For example, consider this:
6592
6593 @example
6594 foo (x);
6595 @end example
6596
6597 This looks like a function call statement, but if @code{foo} is a typedef
6598 name, then this is actually a declaration of @code{x}. How can a Bison
6599 parser for C decide how to parse this input?
6600
6601 The method used in @acronym{GNU} C is to have two different token types,
6602 @code{IDENTIFIER} and @code{TYPENAME}. When @code{yylex} finds an
6603 identifier, it looks up the current declaration of the identifier in order
6604 to decide which token type to return: @code{TYPENAME} if the identifier is
6605 declared as a typedef, @code{IDENTIFIER} otherwise.
6606
6607 The grammar rules can then express the context dependency by the choice of
6608 token type to recognize. @code{IDENTIFIER} is accepted as an expression,
6609 but @code{TYPENAME} is not. @code{TYPENAME} can start a declaration, but
6610 @code{IDENTIFIER} cannot. In contexts where the meaning of the identifier
6611 is @emph{not} significant, such as in declarations that can shadow a
6612 typedef name, either @code{TYPENAME} or @code{IDENTIFIER} is
6613 accepted---there is one rule for each of the two token types.
6614
6615 This technique is simple to use if the decision of which kinds of
6616 identifiers to allow is made at a place close to where the identifier is
6617 parsed. But in C this is not always so: C allows a declaration to
6618 redeclare a typedef name provided an explicit type has been specified
6619 earlier:
6620
6621 @example
6622 typedef int foo, bar;
6623 int baz (void)
6624 @{
6625 static bar (bar); /* @r{redeclare @code{bar} as static variable} */
6626 extern foo foo (foo); /* @r{redeclare @code{foo} as function} */
6627 return foo (bar);
6628 @}
6629 @end example
6630
6631 Unfortunately, the name being declared is separated from the declaration
6632 construct itself by a complicated syntactic structure---the ``declarator''.
6633
6634 As a result, part of the Bison parser for C needs to be duplicated, with
6635 all the nonterminal names changed: once for parsing a declaration in
6636 which a typedef name can be redefined, and once for parsing a
6637 declaration in which that can't be done. Here is a part of the
6638 duplication, with actions omitted for brevity:
6639
6640 @example
6641 initdcl:
6642 declarator maybeasm '='
6643 init
6644 | declarator maybeasm
6645 ;
6646
6647 notype_initdcl:
6648 notype_declarator maybeasm '='
6649 init
6650 | notype_declarator maybeasm
6651 ;
6652 @end example
6653
6654 @noindent
6655 Here @code{initdcl} can redeclare a typedef name, but @code{notype_initdcl}
6656 cannot. The distinction between @code{declarator} and
6657 @code{notype_declarator} is the same sort of thing.
6658
6659 There is some similarity between this technique and a lexical tie-in
6660 (described next), in that information which alters the lexical analysis is
6661 changed during parsing by other parts of the program. The difference is
6662 here the information is global, and is used for other purposes in the
6663 program. A true lexical tie-in has a special-purpose flag controlled by
6664 the syntactic context.
6665
6666 @node Lexical Tie-ins
6667 @section Lexical Tie-ins
6668 @cindex lexical tie-in
6669
6670 One way to handle context-dependency is the @dfn{lexical tie-in}: a flag
6671 which is set by Bison actions, whose purpose is to alter the way tokens are
6672 parsed.
6673
6674 For example, suppose we have a language vaguely like C, but with a special
6675 construct @samp{hex (@var{hex-expr})}. After the keyword @code{hex} comes
6676 an expression in parentheses in which all integers are hexadecimal. In
6677 particular, the token @samp{a1b} must be treated as an integer rather than
6678 as an identifier if it appears in that context. Here is how you can do it:
6679
6680 @example
6681 @group
6682 %@{
6683 int hexflag;
6684 int yylex (void);
6685 void yyerror (char const *);
6686 %@}
6687 %%
6688 @dots{}
6689 @end group
6690 @group
6691 expr: IDENTIFIER
6692 | constant
6693 | HEX '('
6694 @{ hexflag = 1; @}
6695 expr ')'
6696 @{ hexflag = 0;
6697 $$ = $4; @}
6698 | expr '+' expr
6699 @{ $$ = make_sum ($1, $3); @}
6700 @dots{}
6701 ;
6702 @end group
6703
6704 @group
6705 constant:
6706 INTEGER
6707 | STRING
6708 ;
6709 @end group
6710 @end example
6711
6712 @noindent
6713 Here we assume that @code{yylex} looks at the value of @code{hexflag}; when
6714 it is nonzero, all integers are parsed in hexadecimal, and tokens starting
6715 with letters are parsed as integers if possible.
6716
6717 The declaration of @code{hexflag} shown in the prologue of the parser file
6718 is needed to make it accessible to the actions (@pxref{Prologue, ,The Prologue}).
6719 You must also write the code in @code{yylex} to obey the flag.
6720
6721 @node Tie-in Recovery
6722 @section Lexical Tie-ins and Error Recovery
6723
6724 Lexical tie-ins make strict demands on any error recovery rules you have.
6725 @xref{Error Recovery}.
6726
6727 The reason for this is that the purpose of an error recovery rule is to
6728 abort the parsing of one construct and resume in some larger construct.
6729 For example, in C-like languages, a typical error recovery rule is to skip
6730 tokens until the next semicolon, and then start a new statement, like this:
6731
6732 @example
6733 stmt: expr ';'
6734 | IF '(' expr ')' stmt @{ @dots{} @}
6735 @dots{}
6736 error ';'
6737 @{ hexflag = 0; @}
6738 ;
6739 @end example
6740
6741 If there is a syntax error in the middle of a @samp{hex (@var{expr})}
6742 construct, this error rule will apply, and then the action for the
6743 completed @samp{hex (@var{expr})} will never run. So @code{hexflag} would
6744 remain set for the entire rest of the input, or until the next @code{hex}
6745 keyword, causing identifiers to be misinterpreted as integers.
6746
6747 To avoid this problem the error recovery rule itself clears @code{hexflag}.
6748
6749 There may also be an error recovery rule that works within expressions.
6750 For example, there could be a rule which applies within parentheses
6751 and skips to the close-parenthesis:
6752
6753 @example
6754 @group
6755 expr: @dots{}
6756 | '(' expr ')'
6757 @{ $$ = $2; @}
6758 | '(' error ')'
6759 @dots{}
6760 @end group
6761 @end example
6762
6763 If this rule acts within the @code{hex} construct, it is not going to abort
6764 that construct (since it applies to an inner level of parentheses within
6765 the construct). Therefore, it should not clear the flag: the rest of
6766 the @code{hex} construct should be parsed with the flag still in effect.
6767
6768 What if there is an error recovery rule which might abort out of the
6769 @code{hex} construct or might not, depending on circumstances? There is no
6770 way you can write the action to determine whether a @code{hex} construct is
6771 being aborted or not. So if you are using a lexical tie-in, you had better
6772 make sure your error recovery rules are not of this kind. Each rule must
6773 be such that you can be sure that it always will, or always won't, have to
6774 clear the flag.
6775
6776 @c ================================================== Debugging Your Parser
6777
6778 @node Debugging
6779 @chapter Debugging Your Parser
6780
6781 Developing a parser can be a challenge, especially if you don't
6782 understand the algorithm (@pxref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser
6783 Algorithm}). Even so, sometimes a detailed description of the automaton
6784 can help (@pxref{Understanding, , Understanding Your Parser}), or
6785 tracing the execution of the parser can give some insight on why it
6786 behaves improperly (@pxref{Tracing, , Tracing Your Parser}).
6787
6788 @menu
6789 * Understanding:: Understanding the structure of your parser.
6790 * Tracing:: Tracing the execution of your parser.
6791 @end menu
6792
6793 @node Understanding
6794 @section Understanding Your Parser
6795
6796 As documented elsewhere (@pxref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm})
6797 Bison parsers are @dfn{shift/reduce automata}. In some cases (much more
6798 frequent than one would hope), looking at this automaton is required to
6799 tune or simply fix a parser. Bison provides two different
6800 representation of it, either textually or graphically (as a DOT file).
6801
6802 The textual file is generated when the options @option{--report} or
6803 @option{--verbose} are specified, see @xref{Invocation, , Invoking
6804 Bison}. Its name is made by removing @samp{.tab.c} or @samp{.c} from
6805 the parser output file name, and adding @samp{.output} instead.
6806 Therefore, if the input file is @file{foo.y}, then the parser file is
6807 called @file{foo.tab.c} by default. As a consequence, the verbose
6808 output file is called @file{foo.output}.
6809
6810 The following grammar file, @file{calc.y}, will be used in the sequel:
6811
6812 @example
6813 %token NUM STR
6814 %left '+' '-'
6815 %left '*'
6816 %%
6817 exp: exp '+' exp
6818 | exp '-' exp
6819 | exp '*' exp
6820 | exp '/' exp
6821 | NUM
6822 ;
6823 useless: STR;
6824 %%
6825 @end example
6826
6827 @command{bison} reports:
6828
6829 @example
6830 calc.y: warning: 1 useless nonterminal and 1 useless rule
6831 calc.y:11.1-7: warning: useless nonterminal: useless
6832 calc.y:11.10-12: warning: useless rule: useless: STR
6833 calc.y: conflicts: 7 shift/reduce
6834 @end example
6835
6836 When given @option{--report=state}, in addition to @file{calc.tab.c}, it
6837 creates a file @file{calc.output} with contents detailed below. The
6838 order of the output and the exact presentation might vary, but the
6839 interpretation is the same.
6840
6841 The first section includes details on conflicts that were solved thanks
6842 to precedence and/or associativity:
6843
6844 @example
6845 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '+' resolved as reduce.
6846 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '-' resolved as reduce.
6847 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '*' resolved as shift.
6848 @exdent @dots{}
6849 @end example
6850
6851 @noindent
6852 The next section lists states that still have conflicts.
6853
6854 @example
6855 State 8 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6856 State 9 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6857 State 10 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6858 State 11 conflicts: 4 shift/reduce
6859 @end example
6860
6861 @noindent
6862 @cindex token, useless
6863 @cindex useless token
6864 @cindex nonterminal, useless
6865 @cindex useless nonterminal
6866 @cindex rule, useless
6867 @cindex useless rule
6868 The next section reports useless tokens, nonterminal and rules. Useless
6869 nonterminals and rules are removed in order to produce a smaller parser,
6870 but useless tokens are preserved, since they might be used by the
6871 scanner (note the difference between ``useless'' and ``not used''
6872 below):
6873
6874 @example
6875 Useless nonterminals:
6876 useless
6877
6878 Terminals which are not used:
6879 STR
6880
6881 Useless rules:
6882 #6 useless: STR;
6883 @end example
6884
6885 @noindent
6886 The next section reproduces the exact grammar that Bison used:
6887
6888 @example
6889 Grammar
6890
6891 Number, Line, Rule
6892 0 5 $accept -> exp $end
6893 1 5 exp -> exp '+' exp
6894 2 6 exp -> exp '-' exp
6895 3 7 exp -> exp '*' exp
6896 4 8 exp -> exp '/' exp
6897 5 9 exp -> NUM
6898 @end example
6899
6900 @noindent
6901 and reports the uses of the symbols:
6902
6903 @example
6904 Terminals, with rules where they appear
6905
6906 $end (0) 0
6907 '*' (42) 3
6908 '+' (43) 1
6909 '-' (45) 2
6910 '/' (47) 4
6911 error (256)
6912 NUM (258) 5
6913
6914 Nonterminals, with rules where they appear
6915
6916 $accept (8)
6917 on left: 0
6918 exp (9)
6919 on left: 1 2 3 4 5, on right: 0 1 2 3 4
6920 @end example
6921
6922 @noindent
6923 @cindex item
6924 @cindex pointed rule
6925 @cindex rule, pointed
6926 Bison then proceeds onto the automaton itself, describing each state
6927 with it set of @dfn{items}, also known as @dfn{pointed rules}. Each
6928 item is a production rule together with a point (marked by @samp{.})
6929 that the input cursor.
6930
6931 @example
6932 state 0
6933
6934 $accept -> . exp $ (rule 0)
6935
6936 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6937
6938 exp go to state 2
6939 @end example
6940
6941 This reads as follows: ``state 0 corresponds to being at the very
6942 beginning of the parsing, in the initial rule, right before the start
6943 symbol (here, @code{exp}). When the parser returns to this state right
6944 after having reduced a rule that produced an @code{exp}, the control
6945 flow jumps to state 2. If there is no such transition on a nonterminal
6946 symbol, and the lookahead is a @code{NUM}, then this token is shifted on
6947 the parse stack, and the control flow jumps to state 1. Any other
6948 lookahead triggers a syntax error.''
6949
6950 @cindex core, item set
6951 @cindex item set core
6952 @cindex kernel, item set
6953 @cindex item set core
6954 Even though the only active rule in state 0 seems to be rule 0, the
6955 report lists @code{NUM} as a lookahead token because @code{NUM} can be
6956 at the beginning of any rule deriving an @code{exp}. By default Bison
6957 reports the so-called @dfn{core} or @dfn{kernel} of the item set, but if
6958 you want to see more detail you can invoke @command{bison} with
6959 @option{--report=itemset} to list all the items, include those that can
6960 be derived:
6961
6962 @example
6963 state 0
6964
6965 $accept -> . exp $ (rule 0)
6966 exp -> . exp '+' exp (rule 1)
6967 exp -> . exp '-' exp (rule 2)
6968 exp -> . exp '*' exp (rule 3)
6969 exp -> . exp '/' exp (rule 4)
6970 exp -> . NUM (rule 5)
6971
6972 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6973
6974 exp go to state 2
6975 @end example
6976
6977 @noindent
6978 In the state 1...
6979
6980 @example
6981 state 1
6982
6983 exp -> NUM . (rule 5)
6984
6985 $default reduce using rule 5 (exp)
6986 @end example
6987
6988 @noindent
6989 the rule 5, @samp{exp: NUM;}, is completed. Whatever the lookahead token
6990 (@samp{$default}), the parser will reduce it. If it was coming from
6991 state 0, then, after this reduction it will return to state 0, and will
6992 jump to state 2 (@samp{exp: go to state 2}).
6993
6994 @example
6995 state 2
6996
6997 $accept -> exp . $ (rule 0)
6998 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6999 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
7000 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
7001 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
7002
7003 $ shift, and go to state 3
7004 '+' shift, and go to state 4
7005 '-' shift, and go to state 5
7006 '*' shift, and go to state 6
7007 '/' shift, and go to state 7
7008 @end example
7009
7010 @noindent
7011 In state 2, the automaton can only shift a symbol. For instance,
7012 because of the item @samp{exp -> exp . '+' exp}, if the lookahead if
7013 @samp{+}, it will be shifted on the parse stack, and the automaton
7014 control will jump to state 4, corresponding to the item @samp{exp -> exp
7015 '+' . exp}. Since there is no default action, any other token than
7016 those listed above will trigger a syntax error.
7017
7018 The state 3 is named the @dfn{final state}, or the @dfn{accepting
7019 state}:
7020
7021 @example
7022 state 3
7023
7024 $accept -> exp $ . (rule 0)
7025
7026 $default accept
7027 @end example
7028
7029 @noindent
7030 the initial rule is completed (the start symbol and the end
7031 of input were read), the parsing exits successfully.
7032
7033 The interpretation of states 4 to 7 is straightforward, and is left to
7034 the reader.
7035
7036 @example
7037 state 4
7038
7039 exp -> exp '+' . exp (rule 1)
7040
7041 NUM shift, and go to state 1
7042
7043 exp go to state 8
7044
7045 state 5
7046
7047 exp -> exp '-' . exp (rule 2)
7048
7049 NUM shift, and go to state 1
7050
7051 exp go to state 9
7052
7053 state 6
7054
7055 exp -> exp '*' . exp (rule 3)
7056
7057 NUM shift, and go to state 1
7058
7059 exp go to state 10
7060
7061 state 7
7062
7063 exp -> exp '/' . exp (rule 4)
7064
7065 NUM shift, and go to state 1
7066
7067 exp go to state 11
7068 @end example
7069
7070 As was announced in beginning of the report, @samp{State 8 conflicts:
7071 1 shift/reduce}:
7072
7073 @example
7074 state 8
7075
7076 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
7077 exp -> exp '+' exp . (rule 1)
7078 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
7079 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
7080 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
7081
7082 '*' shift, and go to state 6
7083 '/' shift, and go to state 7
7084
7085 '/' [reduce using rule 1 (exp)]
7086 $default reduce using rule 1 (exp)
7087 @end example
7088
7089 Indeed, there are two actions associated to the lookahead @samp{/}:
7090 either shifting (and going to state 7), or reducing rule 1. The
7091 conflict means that either the grammar is ambiguous, or the parser lacks
7092 information to make the right decision. Indeed the grammar is
7093 ambiguous, as, since we did not specify the precedence of @samp{/}, the
7094 sentence @samp{NUM + NUM / NUM} can be parsed as @samp{NUM + (NUM /
7095 NUM)}, which corresponds to shifting @samp{/}, or as @samp{(NUM + NUM) /
7096 NUM}, which corresponds to reducing rule 1.
7097
7098 Because in @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing a single decision can be made, Bison
7099 arbitrarily chose to disable the reduction, see @ref{Shift/Reduce, ,
7100 Shift/Reduce Conflicts}. Discarded actions are reported in between
7101 square brackets.
7102
7103 Note that all the previous states had a single possible action: either
7104 shifting the next token and going to the corresponding state, or
7105 reducing a single rule. In the other cases, i.e., when shifting
7106 @emph{and} reducing is possible or when @emph{several} reductions are
7107 possible, the lookahead is required to select the action. State 8 is
7108 one such state: if the lookahead is @samp{*} or @samp{/} then the action
7109 is shifting, otherwise the action is reducing rule 1. In other words,
7110 the first two items, corresponding to rule 1, are not eligible when the
7111 lookahead token is @samp{*}, since we specified that @samp{*} has higher
7112 precedence than @samp{+}. More generally, some items are eligible only
7113 with some set of possible lookahead tokens. When run with
7114 @option{--report=lookahead}, Bison specifies these lookahead tokens:
7115
7116 @example
7117 state 8
7118
7119 exp -> exp . '+' exp [$, '+', '-', '/'] (rule 1)
7120 exp -> exp '+' exp . [$, '+', '-', '/'] (rule 1)
7121 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
7122 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
7123 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
7124
7125 '*' shift, and go to state 6
7126 '/' shift, and go to state 7
7127
7128 '/' [reduce using rule 1 (exp)]
7129 $default reduce using rule 1 (exp)
7130 @end example
7131
7132 The remaining states are similar:
7133
7134 @example
7135 state 9
7136
7137 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
7138 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
7139 exp -> exp '-' exp . (rule 2)
7140 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
7141 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
7142
7143 '*' shift, and go to state 6
7144 '/' shift, and go to state 7
7145
7146 '/' [reduce using rule 2 (exp)]
7147 $default reduce using rule 2 (exp)
7148
7149 state 10
7150
7151 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
7152 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
7153 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
7154 exp -> exp '*' exp . (rule 3)
7155 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
7156
7157 '/' shift, and go to state 7
7158
7159 '/' [reduce using rule 3 (exp)]
7160 $default reduce using rule 3 (exp)
7161
7162 state 11
7163
7164 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
7165 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
7166 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
7167 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
7168 exp -> exp '/' exp . (rule 4)
7169
7170 '+' shift, and go to state 4
7171 '-' shift, and go to state 5
7172 '*' shift, and go to state 6
7173 '/' shift, and go to state 7
7174
7175 '+' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
7176 '-' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
7177 '*' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
7178 '/' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
7179 $default reduce using rule 4 (exp)
7180 @end example
7181
7182 @noindent
7183 Observe that state 11 contains conflicts not only due to the lack of
7184 precedence of @samp{/} with respect to @samp{+}, @samp{-}, and
7185 @samp{*}, but also because the
7186 associativity of @samp{/} is not specified.
7187
7188
7189 @node Tracing
7190 @section Tracing Your Parser
7191 @findex yydebug
7192 @cindex debugging
7193 @cindex tracing the parser
7194
7195 If a Bison grammar compiles properly but doesn't do what you want when it
7196 runs, the @code{yydebug} parser-trace feature can help you figure out why.
7197
7198 There are several means to enable compilation of trace facilities:
7199
7200 @table @asis
7201 @item the macro @code{YYDEBUG}
7202 @findex YYDEBUG
7203 Define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value when you compile the
7204 parser. This is compliant with @acronym{POSIX} Yacc. You could use
7205 @samp{-DYYDEBUG=1} as a compiler option or you could put @samp{#define
7206 YYDEBUG 1} in the prologue of the grammar file (@pxref{Prologue, , The
7207 Prologue}).
7208
7209 @item the option @option{-t}, @option{--debug}
7210 Use the @samp{-t} option when you run Bison (@pxref{Invocation,
7211 ,Invoking Bison}). This is @acronym{POSIX} compliant too.
7212
7213 @item the directive @samp{%debug}
7214 @findex %debug
7215 Add the @code{%debug} directive (@pxref{Decl Summary, ,Bison
7216 Declaration Summary}). This is a Bison extension, which will prove
7217 useful when Bison will output parsers for languages that don't use a
7218 preprocessor. Unless @acronym{POSIX} and Yacc portability matter to
7219 you, this is
7220 the preferred solution.
7221 @end table
7222
7223 We suggest that you always enable the debug option so that debugging is
7224 always possible.
7225
7226 The trace facility outputs messages with macro calls of the form
7227 @code{YYFPRINTF (stderr, @var{format}, @var{args})} where
7228 @var{format} and @var{args} are the usual @code{printf} format and
7229 arguments. If you define @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value but do not
7230 define @code{YYFPRINTF}, @code{<stdio.h>} is automatically included
7231 and @code{YYFPRINTF} is defined to @code{fprintf}.
7232
7233 Once you have compiled the program with trace facilities, the way to
7234 request a trace is to store a nonzero value in the variable @code{yydebug}.
7235 You can do this by making the C code do it (in @code{main}, perhaps), or
7236 you can alter the value with a C debugger.
7237
7238 Each step taken by the parser when @code{yydebug} is nonzero produces a
7239 line or two of trace information, written on @code{stderr}. The trace
7240 messages tell you these things:
7241
7242 @itemize @bullet
7243 @item
7244 Each time the parser calls @code{yylex}, what kind of token was read.
7245
7246 @item
7247 Each time a token is shifted, the depth and complete contents of the
7248 state stack (@pxref{Parser States}).
7249
7250 @item
7251 Each time a rule is reduced, which rule it is, and the complete contents
7252 of the state stack afterward.
7253 @end itemize
7254
7255 To make sense of this information, it helps to refer to the listing file
7256 produced by the Bison @samp{-v} option (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking
7257 Bison}). This file shows the meaning of each state in terms of
7258 positions in various rules, and also what each state will do with each
7259 possible input token. As you read the successive trace messages, you
7260 can see that the parser is functioning according to its specification in
7261 the listing file. Eventually you will arrive at the place where
7262 something undesirable happens, and you will see which parts of the
7263 grammar are to blame.
7264
7265 The parser file is a C program and you can use C debuggers on it, but it's
7266 not easy to interpret what it is doing. The parser function is a
7267 finite-state machine interpreter, and aside from the actions it executes
7268 the same code over and over. Only the values of variables show where in
7269 the grammar it is working.
7270
7271 @findex YYPRINT
7272 The debugging information normally gives the token type of each token
7273 read, but not its semantic value. You can optionally define a macro
7274 named @code{YYPRINT} to provide a way to print the value. If you define
7275 @code{YYPRINT}, it should take three arguments. The parser will pass a
7276 standard I/O stream, the numeric code for the token type, and the token
7277 value (from @code{yylval}).
7278
7279 Here is an example of @code{YYPRINT} suitable for the multi-function
7280 calculator (@pxref{Mfcalc Decl, ,Declarations for @code{mfcalc}}):
7281
7282 @smallexample
7283 %@{
7284 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
7285 #define YYPRINT(file, type, value) print_token_value (file, type, value)
7286 %@}
7287
7288 @dots{} %% @dots{} %% @dots{}
7289
7290 static void
7291 print_token_value (FILE *file, int type, YYSTYPE value)
7292 @{
7293 if (type == VAR)
7294 fprintf (file, "%s", value.tptr->name);
7295 else if (type == NUM)
7296 fprintf (file, "%d", value.val);
7297 @}
7298 @end smallexample
7299
7300 @c ================================================= Invoking Bison
7301
7302 @node Invocation
7303 @chapter Invoking Bison
7304 @cindex invoking Bison
7305 @cindex Bison invocation
7306 @cindex options for invoking Bison
7307
7308 The usual way to invoke Bison is as follows:
7309
7310 @example
7311 bison @var{infile}
7312 @end example
7313
7314 Here @var{infile} is the grammar file name, which usually ends in
7315 @samp{.y}. The parser file's name is made by replacing the @samp{.y}
7316 with @samp{.tab.c} and removing any leading directory. Thus, the
7317 @samp{bison foo.y} file name yields
7318 @file{foo.tab.c}, and the @samp{bison hack/foo.y} file name yields
7319 @file{foo.tab.c}. It's also possible, in case you are writing
7320 C++ code instead of C in your grammar file, to name it @file{foo.ypp}
7321 or @file{foo.y++}. Then, the output files will take an extension like
7322 the given one as input (respectively @file{foo.tab.cpp} and
7323 @file{foo.tab.c++}).
7324 This feature takes effect with all options that manipulate file names like
7325 @samp{-o} or @samp{-d}.
7326
7327 For example :
7328
7329 @example
7330 bison -d @var{infile.yxx}
7331 @end example
7332 @noindent
7333 will produce @file{infile.tab.cxx} and @file{infile.tab.hxx}, and
7334
7335 @example
7336 bison -d -o @var{output.c++} @var{infile.y}
7337 @end example
7338 @noindent
7339 will produce @file{output.c++} and @file{outfile.h++}.
7340
7341 For compatibility with @acronym{POSIX}, the standard Bison
7342 distribution also contains a shell script called @command{yacc} that
7343 invokes Bison with the @option{-y} option.
7344
7345 @menu
7346 * Bison Options:: All the options described in detail,
7347 in alphabetical order by short options.
7348 * Option Cross Key:: Alphabetical list of long options.
7349 * Yacc Library:: Yacc-compatible @code{yylex} and @code{main}.
7350 @end menu
7351
7352 @node Bison Options
7353 @section Bison Options
7354
7355 Bison supports both traditional single-letter options and mnemonic long
7356 option names. Long option names are indicated with @samp{--} instead of
7357 @samp{-}. Abbreviations for option names are allowed as long as they
7358 are unique. When a long option takes an argument, like
7359 @samp{--file-prefix}, connect the option name and the argument with
7360 @samp{=}.
7361
7362 Here is a list of options that can be used with Bison, alphabetized by
7363 short option. It is followed by a cross key alphabetized by long
7364 option.
7365
7366 @c Please, keep this ordered as in `bison --help'.
7367 @noindent
7368 Operations modes:
7369 @table @option
7370 @item -h
7371 @itemx --help
7372 Print a summary of the command-line options to Bison and exit.
7373
7374 @item -V
7375 @itemx --version
7376 Print the version number of Bison and exit.
7377
7378 @item --print-localedir
7379 Print the name of the directory containing locale-dependent data.
7380
7381 @item -y
7382 @itemx --yacc
7383 Act more like the traditional Yacc command. This can cause
7384 different diagnostics to be generated, and may change behavior in
7385 other minor ways. Most importantly, imitate Yacc's output
7386 file name conventions, so that the parser output file is called
7387 @file{y.tab.c}, and the other outputs are called @file{y.output} and
7388 @file{y.tab.h}.
7389 Also, if generating an @acronym{LALR}(1) parser in C, generate @code{#define}
7390 statements in addition to an @code{enum} to associate token numbers with token
7391 names.
7392 Thus, the following shell script can substitute for Yacc, and the Bison
7393 distribution contains such a script for compatibility with @acronym{POSIX}:
7394
7395 @example
7396 #! /bin/sh
7397 bison -y "$@@"
7398 @end example
7399
7400 The @option{-y}/@option{--yacc} option is intended for use with
7401 traditional Yacc grammars. If your grammar uses a Bison extension
7402 like @samp{%glr-parser}, Bison might not be Yacc-compatible even if
7403 this option is specified.
7404
7405 @end table
7406
7407 @noindent
7408 Tuning the parser:
7409
7410 @table @option
7411 @item -t
7412 @itemx --debug
7413 In the parser file, define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to 1 if it is not
7414 already defined, so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
7415 @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
7416
7417 @item -L @var{language}
7418 @itemx --language=@var{language}
7419 Specify the programming language for the generated parser, as if
7420 @code{%language} was specified (@pxref{Decl Summary, , Bison Declaration
7421 Summary}). Currently supported languages include C and C++.
7422 @var{language} is case-insensitive.
7423
7424 @item --locations
7425 Pretend that @code{%locations} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7426
7427 @item -p @var{prefix}
7428 @itemx --name-prefix=@var{prefix}
7429 Pretend that @code{%name-prefix "@var{prefix}"} was specified.
7430 @xref{Decl Summary}.
7431
7432 @item -l
7433 @itemx --no-lines
7434 Don't put any @code{#line} preprocessor commands in the parser file.
7435 Ordinarily Bison puts them in the parser file so that the C compiler
7436 and debuggers will associate errors with your source file, the
7437 grammar file. This option causes them to associate errors with the
7438 parser file, treating it as an independent source file in its own right.
7439
7440 @item -n
7441 @itemx --no-parser
7442 Pretend that @code{%no-parser} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7443
7444 @item -S @var{file}
7445 @itemx --skeleton=@var{file}
7446 Specify the skeleton to use, similar to @code{%skeleton}
7447 (@pxref{Decl Summary, , Bison Declaration Summary}).
7448
7449 You probably don't need this option unless you are developing Bison.
7450 You should use @option{--language} if you want to specify the skeleton for a
7451 different language, because it is clearer and because it will always
7452 choose the correct skeleton for non-deterministic or push parsers.
7453
7454 If @var{file} does not contain a @code{/}, @var{file} is the name of a skeleton
7455 file in the Bison installation directory.
7456 If it does, @var{file} is an absolute file name or a file name relative to the
7457 current working directory.
7458 This is similar to how most shells resolve commands.
7459
7460 @item -k
7461 @itemx --token-table
7462 Pretend that @code{%token-table} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7463 @end table
7464
7465 @noindent
7466 Adjust the output:
7467
7468 @table @option
7469 @item -d
7470 @itemx --defines
7471 Pretend that @code{%defines} was specified, i.e., write an extra output
7472 file containing macro definitions for the token type names defined in
7473 the grammar, as well as a few other declarations. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7474
7475 @item --defines=@var{defines-file}
7476 Same as above, but save in the file @var{defines-file}.
7477
7478 @item -b @var{file-prefix}
7479 @itemx --file-prefix=@var{prefix}
7480 Pretend that @code{%file-prefix} was specified, i.e., specify prefix to use
7481 for all Bison output file names. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7482
7483 @item -r @var{things}
7484 @itemx --report=@var{things}
7485 Write an extra output file containing verbose description of the comma
7486 separated list of @var{things} among:
7487
7488 @table @code
7489 @item state
7490 Description of the grammar, conflicts (resolved and unresolved), and
7491 @acronym{LALR} automaton.
7492
7493 @item lookahead
7494 Implies @code{state} and augments the description of the automaton with
7495 each rule's lookahead set.
7496
7497 @item itemset
7498 Implies @code{state} and augments the description of the automaton with
7499 the full set of items for each state, instead of its core only.
7500 @end table
7501
7502 @item -v
7503 @itemx --verbose
7504 Pretend that @code{%verbose} was specified, i.e., write an extra output
7505 file containing verbose descriptions of the grammar and
7506 parser. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7507
7508 @item -o @var{file}
7509 @itemx --output=@var{file}
7510 Specify the @var{file} for the parser file.
7511
7512 The other output files' names are constructed from @var{file} as
7513 described under the @samp{-v} and @samp{-d} options.
7514
7515 @item -g
7516 Output a graphical representation of the @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar
7517 automaton computed by Bison, in @uref{http://www.graphviz.org/, Graphviz}
7518 @uref{http://www.graphviz.org/doc/info/lang.html, @acronym{DOT}} format.
7519 If the grammar file is @file{foo.y}, the output file will
7520 be @file{foo.dot}.
7521
7522 @item --graph=@var{graph-file}
7523 The behavior of @var{--graph} is the same than @samp{-g}. The only
7524 difference is that it has an optional argument which is the name of
7525 the output graph file.
7526 @end table
7527
7528 @node Option Cross Key
7529 @section Option Cross Key
7530
7531 @c FIXME: How about putting the directives too?
7532 Here is a list of options, alphabetized by long option, to help you find
7533 the corresponding short option.
7534
7535 @multitable {@option{--defines=@var{defines-file}}} {@option{-b @var{file-prefix}XXX}}
7536 @headitem Long Option @tab Short Option
7537 @item @option{--debug} @tab @option{-t}
7538 @item @option{--defines=@var{defines-file}} @tab @option{-d}
7539 @item @option{--file-prefix=@var{prefix}} @tab @option{-b @var{file-prefix}}
7540 @item @option{--graph=@var{graph-file}} @tab @option{-d}
7541 @item @option{--help} @tab @option{-h}
7542 @item @option{--name-prefix=@var{prefix}} @tab @option{-p @var{name-prefix}}
7543 @item @option{--no-lines} @tab @option{-l}
7544 @item @option{--no-parser} @tab @option{-n}
7545 @item @option{--output=@var{outfile}} @tab @option{-o @var{outfile}}
7546 @item @option{--print-localedir} @tab
7547 @item @option{--token-table} @tab @option{-k}
7548 @item @option{--verbose} @tab @option{-v}
7549 @item @option{--version} @tab @option{-V}
7550 @item @option{--yacc} @tab @option{-y}
7551 @end multitable
7552
7553 @node Yacc Library
7554 @section Yacc Library
7555
7556 The Yacc library contains default implementations of the
7557 @code{yyerror} and @code{main} functions. These default
7558 implementations are normally not useful, but @acronym{POSIX} requires
7559 them. To use the Yacc library, link your program with the
7560 @option{-ly} option. Note that Bison's implementation of the Yacc
7561 library is distributed under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} General
7562 Public License (@pxref{Copying}).
7563
7564 If you use the Yacc library's @code{yyerror} function, you should
7565 declare @code{yyerror} as follows:
7566
7567 @example
7568 int yyerror (char const *);
7569 @end example
7570
7571 Bison ignores the @code{int} value returned by this @code{yyerror}.
7572 If you use the Yacc library's @code{main} function, your
7573 @code{yyparse} function should have the following type signature:
7574
7575 @example
7576 int yyparse (void);
7577 @end example
7578
7579 @c ================================================= C++ Bison
7580
7581 @node C++ Language Interface
7582 @chapter C++ Language Interface
7583
7584 @menu
7585 * C++ Parsers:: The interface to generate C++ parser classes
7586 * A Complete C++ Example:: Demonstrating their use
7587 @end menu
7588
7589 @node C++ Parsers
7590 @section C++ Parsers
7591
7592 @menu
7593 * C++ Bison Interface:: Asking for C++ parser generation
7594 * C++ Semantic Values:: %union vs. C++
7595 * C++ Location Values:: The position and location classes
7596 * C++ Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
7597 * C++ Scanner Interface:: Exchanges between yylex and parse
7598 @end menu
7599
7600 @node C++ Bison Interface
7601 @subsection C++ Bison Interface
7602 @c - %language "C++"
7603 @c - Always pure
7604 @c - initial action
7605
7606 The C++ @acronym{LALR}(1) parser is selected using the language directive,
7607 @samp{%language "C++"}, or the synonymous command-line option
7608 @option{--language=c++}.
7609 @xref{Decl Summary}.
7610
7611 When run, @command{bison} will create several
7612 entities in the @samp{yy} namespace. Use the @samp{%name-prefix}
7613 directive to change the namespace name, see @ref{Decl Summary}. The
7614 various classes are generated in the following files:
7615
7616 @table @file
7617 @item position.hh
7618 @itemx location.hh
7619 The definition of the classes @code{position} and @code{location},
7620 used for location tracking. @xref{C++ Location Values}.
7621
7622 @item stack.hh
7623 An auxiliary class @code{stack} used by the parser.
7624
7625 @item @var{file}.hh
7626 @itemx @var{file}.cc
7627 (Assuming the extension of the input file was @samp{.yy}.) The
7628 declaration and implementation of the C++ parser class. The basename
7629 and extension of these two files follow the same rules as with regular C
7630 parsers (@pxref{Invocation}).
7631
7632 The header is @emph{mandatory}; you must either pass
7633 @option{-d}/@option{--defines} to @command{bison}, or use the
7634 @samp{%defines} directive.
7635 @end table
7636
7637 All these files are documented using Doxygen; run @command{doxygen}
7638 for a complete and accurate documentation.
7639
7640 @node C++ Semantic Values
7641 @subsection C++ Semantic Values
7642 @c - No objects in unions
7643 @c - YYSTYPE
7644 @c - Printer and destructor
7645
7646 The @code{%union} directive works as for C, see @ref{Union Decl, ,The
7647 Collection of Value Types}. In particular it produces a genuine
7648 @code{union}@footnote{In the future techniques to allow complex types
7649 within pseudo-unions (similar to Boost variants) might be implemented to
7650 alleviate these issues.}, which have a few specific features in C++.
7651 @itemize @minus
7652 @item
7653 The type @code{YYSTYPE} is defined but its use is discouraged: rather
7654 you should refer to the parser's encapsulated type
7655 @code{yy::parser::semantic_type}.
7656 @item
7657 Non POD (Plain Old Data) types cannot be used. C++ forbids any
7658 instance of classes with constructors in unions: only @emph{pointers}
7659 to such objects are allowed.
7660 @end itemize
7661
7662 Because objects have to be stored via pointers, memory is not
7663 reclaimed automatically: using the @code{%destructor} directive is the
7664 only means to avoid leaks. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded
7665 Symbols}.
7666
7667
7668 @node C++ Location Values
7669 @subsection C++ Location Values
7670 @c - %locations
7671 @c - class Position
7672 @c - class Location
7673 @c - %define filename_type "const symbol::Symbol"
7674
7675 When the directive @code{%locations} is used, the C++ parser supports
7676 location tracking, see @ref{Locations, , Locations Overview}. Two
7677 auxiliary classes define a @code{position}, a single point in a file,
7678 and a @code{location}, a range composed of a pair of
7679 @code{position}s (possibly spanning several files).
7680
7681 @deftypemethod {position} {std::string*} file
7682 The name of the file. It will always be handled as a pointer, the
7683 parser will never duplicate nor deallocate it. As an experimental
7684 feature you may change it to @samp{@var{type}*} using @samp{%define
7685 filename_type "@var{type}"}.
7686 @end deftypemethod
7687
7688 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} line
7689 The line, starting at 1.
7690 @end deftypemethod
7691
7692 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} lines (int @var{height} = 1)
7693 Advance by @var{height} lines, resetting the column number.
7694 @end deftypemethod
7695
7696 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} column
7697 The column, starting at 0.
7698 @end deftypemethod
7699
7700 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} columns (int @var{width} = 1)
7701 Advance by @var{width} columns, without changing the line number.
7702 @end deftypemethod
7703
7704 @deftypemethod {position} {position&} operator+= (position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7705 @deftypemethodx {position} {position} operator+ (const position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7706 @deftypemethodx {position} {position&} operator-= (const position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7707 @deftypemethodx {position} {position} operator- (position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7708 Various forms of syntactic sugar for @code{columns}.
7709 @end deftypemethod
7710
7711 @deftypemethod {position} {position} operator<< (std::ostream @var{o}, const position& @var{p})
7712 Report @var{p} on @var{o} like this:
7713 @samp{@var{file}:@var{line}.@var{column}}, or
7714 @samp{@var{line}.@var{column}} if @var{file} is null.
7715 @end deftypemethod
7716
7717 @deftypemethod {location} {position} begin
7718 @deftypemethodx {location} {position} end
7719 The first, inclusive, position of the range, and the first beyond.
7720 @end deftypemethod
7721
7722 @deftypemethod {location} {unsigned int} columns (int @var{width} = 1)
7723 @deftypemethodx {location} {unsigned int} lines (int @var{height} = 1)
7724 Advance the @code{end} position.
7725 @end deftypemethod
7726
7727 @deftypemethod {location} {location} operator+ (const location& @var{begin}, const location& @var{end})
7728 @deftypemethodx {location} {location} operator+ (const location& @var{begin}, int @var{width})
7729 @deftypemethodx {location} {location} operator+= (const location& @var{loc}, int @var{width})
7730 Various forms of syntactic sugar.
7731 @end deftypemethod
7732
7733 @deftypemethod {location} {void} step ()
7734 Move @code{begin} onto @code{end}.
7735 @end deftypemethod
7736
7737
7738 @node C++ Parser Interface
7739 @subsection C++ Parser Interface
7740 @c - define parser_class_name
7741 @c - Ctor
7742 @c - parse, error, set_debug_level, debug_level, set_debug_stream,
7743 @c debug_stream.
7744 @c - Reporting errors
7745
7746 The output files @file{@var{output}.hh} and @file{@var{output}.cc}
7747 declare and define the parser class in the namespace @code{yy}. The
7748 class name defaults to @code{parser}, but may be changed using
7749 @samp{%define parser_class_name "@var{name}"}. The interface of
7750 this class is detailed below. It can be extended using the
7751 @code{%parse-param} feature: its semantics is slightly changed since
7752 it describes an additional member of the parser class, and an
7753 additional argument for its constructor.
7754
7755 @defcv {Type} {parser} {semantic_value_type}
7756 @defcvx {Type} {parser} {location_value_type}
7757 The types for semantics value and locations.
7758 @end defcv
7759
7760 @deftypemethod {parser} {} parser (@var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
7761 Build a new parser object. There are no arguments by default, unless
7762 @samp{%parse-param @{@var{type1} @var{arg1}@}} was used.
7763 @end deftypemethod
7764
7765 @deftypemethod {parser} {int} parse ()
7766 Run the syntactic analysis, and return 0 on success, 1 otherwise.
7767 @end deftypemethod
7768
7769 @deftypemethod {parser} {std::ostream&} debug_stream ()
7770 @deftypemethodx {parser} {void} set_debug_stream (std::ostream& @var{o})
7771 Get or set the stream used for tracing the parsing. It defaults to
7772 @code{std::cerr}.
7773 @end deftypemethod
7774
7775 @deftypemethod {parser} {debug_level_type} debug_level ()
7776 @deftypemethodx {parser} {void} set_debug_level (debug_level @var{l})
7777 Get or set the tracing level. Currently its value is either 0, no trace,
7778 or nonzero, full tracing.
7779 @end deftypemethod
7780
7781 @deftypemethod {parser} {void} error (const location_type& @var{l}, const std::string& @var{m})
7782 The definition for this member function must be supplied by the user:
7783 the parser uses it to report a parser error occurring at @var{l},
7784 described by @var{m}.
7785 @end deftypemethod
7786
7787
7788 @node C++ Scanner Interface
7789 @subsection C++ Scanner Interface
7790 @c - prefix for yylex.
7791 @c - Pure interface to yylex
7792 @c - %lex-param
7793
7794 The parser invokes the scanner by calling @code{yylex}. Contrary to C
7795 parsers, C++ parsers are always pure: there is no point in using the
7796 @code{%pure-parser} directive. Therefore the interface is as follows.
7797
7798 @deftypemethod {parser} {int} yylex (semantic_value_type& @var{yylval}, location_type& @var{yylloc}, @var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
7799 Return the next token. Its type is the return value, its semantic
7800 value and location being @var{yylval} and @var{yylloc}. Invocations of
7801 @samp{%lex-param @{@var{type1} @var{arg1}@}} yield additional arguments.
7802 @end deftypemethod
7803
7804
7805 @node A Complete C++ Example
7806 @section A Complete C++ Example
7807
7808 This section demonstrates the use of a C++ parser with a simple but
7809 complete example. This example should be available on your system,
7810 ready to compile, in the directory @dfn{../bison/examples/calc++}. It
7811 focuses on the use of Bison, therefore the design of the various C++
7812 classes is very naive: no accessors, no encapsulation of members etc.
7813 We will use a Lex scanner, and more precisely, a Flex scanner, to
7814 demonstrate the various interaction. A hand written scanner is
7815 actually easier to interface with.
7816
7817 @menu
7818 * Calc++ --- C++ Calculator:: The specifications
7819 * Calc++ Parsing Driver:: An active parsing context
7820 * Calc++ Parser:: A parser class
7821 * Calc++ Scanner:: A pure C++ Flex scanner
7822 * Calc++ Top Level:: Conducting the band
7823 @end menu
7824
7825 @node Calc++ --- C++ Calculator
7826 @subsection Calc++ --- C++ Calculator
7827
7828 Of course the grammar is dedicated to arithmetics, a single
7829 expression, possibly preceded by variable assignments. An
7830 environment containing possibly predefined variables such as
7831 @code{one} and @code{two}, is exchanged with the parser. An example
7832 of valid input follows.
7833
7834 @example
7835 three := 3
7836 seven := one + two * three
7837 seven * seven
7838 @end example
7839
7840 @node Calc++ Parsing Driver
7841 @subsection Calc++ Parsing Driver
7842 @c - An env
7843 @c - A place to store error messages
7844 @c - A place for the result
7845
7846 To support a pure interface with the parser (and the scanner) the
7847 technique of the ``parsing context'' is convenient: a structure
7848 containing all the data to exchange. Since, in addition to simply
7849 launch the parsing, there are several auxiliary tasks to execute (open
7850 the file for parsing, instantiate the parser etc.), we recommend
7851 transforming the simple parsing context structure into a fully blown
7852 @dfn{parsing driver} class.
7853
7854 The declaration of this driver class, @file{calc++-driver.hh}, is as
7855 follows. The first part includes the CPP guard and imports the
7856 required standard library components, and the declaration of the parser
7857 class.
7858
7859 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7860 @example
7861 #ifndef CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7862 # define CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7863 # include <string>
7864 # include <map>
7865 # include "calc++-parser.hh"
7866 @end example
7867
7868
7869 @noindent
7870 Then comes the declaration of the scanning function. Flex expects
7871 the signature of @code{yylex} to be defined in the macro
7872 @code{YY_DECL}, and the C++ parser expects it to be declared. We can
7873 factor both as follows.
7874
7875 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7876 @example
7877 // Tell Flex the lexer's prototype ...
7878 # define YY_DECL \
7879 yy::calcxx_parser::token_type \
7880 yylex (yy::calcxx_parser::semantic_type* yylval, \
7881 yy::calcxx_parser::location_type* yylloc, \
7882 calcxx_driver& driver)
7883 // ... and declare it for the parser's sake.
7884 YY_DECL;
7885 @end example
7886
7887 @noindent
7888 The @code{calcxx_driver} class is then declared with its most obvious
7889 members.
7890
7891 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7892 @example
7893 // Conducting the whole scanning and parsing of Calc++.
7894 class calcxx_driver
7895 @{
7896 public:
7897 calcxx_driver ();
7898 virtual ~calcxx_driver ();
7899
7900 std::map<std::string, int> variables;
7901
7902 int result;
7903 @end example
7904
7905 @noindent
7906 To encapsulate the coordination with the Flex scanner, it is useful to
7907 have two members function to open and close the scanning phase.
7908
7909 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7910 @example
7911 // Handling the scanner.
7912 void scan_begin ();
7913 void scan_end ();
7914 bool trace_scanning;
7915 @end example
7916
7917 @noindent
7918 Similarly for the parser itself.
7919
7920 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7921 @example
7922 // Run the parser. Return 0 on success.
7923 int parse (const std::string& f);
7924 std::string file;
7925 bool trace_parsing;
7926 @end example
7927
7928 @noindent
7929 To demonstrate pure handling of parse errors, instead of simply
7930 dumping them on the standard error output, we will pass them to the
7931 compiler driver using the following two member functions. Finally, we
7932 close the class declaration and CPP guard.
7933
7934 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7935 @example
7936 // Error handling.
7937 void error (const yy::location& l, const std::string& m);
7938 void error (const std::string& m);
7939 @};
7940 #endif // ! CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7941 @end example
7942
7943 The implementation of the driver is straightforward. The @code{parse}
7944 member function deserves some attention. The @code{error} functions
7945 are simple stubs, they should actually register the located error
7946 messages and set error state.
7947
7948 @comment file: calc++-driver.cc
7949 @example
7950 #include "calc++-driver.hh"
7951 #include "calc++-parser.hh"
7952
7953 calcxx_driver::calcxx_driver ()
7954 : trace_scanning (false), trace_parsing (false)
7955 @{
7956 variables["one"] = 1;
7957 variables["two"] = 2;
7958 @}
7959
7960 calcxx_driver::~calcxx_driver ()
7961 @{
7962 @}
7963
7964 int
7965 calcxx_driver::parse (const std::string &f)
7966 @{
7967 file = f;
7968 scan_begin ();
7969 yy::calcxx_parser parser (*this);
7970 parser.set_debug_level (trace_parsing);
7971 int res = parser.parse ();
7972 scan_end ();
7973 return res;
7974 @}
7975
7976 void
7977 calcxx_driver::error (const yy::location& l, const std::string& m)
7978 @{
7979 std::cerr << l << ": " << m << std::endl;
7980 @}
7981
7982 void
7983 calcxx_driver::error (const std::string& m)
7984 @{
7985 std::cerr << m << std::endl;
7986 @}
7987 @end example
7988
7989 @node Calc++ Parser
7990 @subsection Calc++ Parser
7991
7992 The parser definition file @file{calc++-parser.yy} starts by asking for
7993 the C++ LALR(1) skeleton, the creation of the parser header file, and
7994 specifies the name of the parser class. Because the C++ skeleton
7995 changed several times, it is safer to require the version you designed
7996 the grammar for.
7997
7998 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7999 @example
8000 %language "C++" /* -*- C++ -*- */
8001 %require "@value{VERSION}"
8002 %defines
8003 %define parser_class_name "calcxx_parser"
8004 @end example
8005
8006 @noindent
8007 @findex %code requires
8008 Then come the declarations/inclusions needed to define the
8009 @code{%union}. Because the parser uses the parsing driver and
8010 reciprocally, both cannot include the header of the other. Because the
8011 driver's header needs detailed knowledge about the parser class (in
8012 particular its inner types), it is the parser's header which will simply
8013 use a forward declaration of the driver.
8014 @xref{Decl Summary, ,%code}.
8015
8016 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8017 @example
8018 %code requires @{
8019 # include <string>
8020 class calcxx_driver;
8021 @}
8022 @end example
8023
8024 @noindent
8025 The driver is passed by reference to the parser and to the scanner.
8026 This provides a simple but effective pure interface, not relying on
8027 global variables.
8028
8029 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8030 @example
8031 // The parsing context.
8032 %parse-param @{ calcxx_driver& driver @}
8033 %lex-param @{ calcxx_driver& driver @}
8034 @end example
8035
8036 @noindent
8037 Then we request the location tracking feature, and initialize the
8038 first location's file name. Afterwards new locations are computed
8039 relatively to the previous locations: the file name will be
8040 automatically propagated.
8041
8042 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8043 @example
8044 %locations
8045 %initial-action
8046 @{
8047 // Initialize the initial location.
8048 @@$.begin.filename = @@$.end.filename = &driver.file;
8049 @};
8050 @end example
8051
8052 @noindent
8053 Use the two following directives to enable parser tracing and verbose
8054 error messages.
8055
8056 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8057 @example
8058 %debug
8059 %error-verbose
8060 @end example
8061
8062 @noindent
8063 Semantic values cannot use ``real'' objects, but only pointers to
8064 them.
8065
8066 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8067 @example
8068 // Symbols.
8069 %union
8070 @{
8071 int ival;
8072 std::string *sval;
8073 @};
8074 @end example
8075
8076 @noindent
8077 @findex %code
8078 The code between @samp{%code @{} and @samp{@}} is output in the
8079 @file{*.cc} file; it needs detailed knowledge about the driver.
8080
8081 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8082 @example
8083 %code @{
8084 # include "calc++-driver.hh"
8085 @}
8086 @end example
8087
8088
8089 @noindent
8090 The token numbered as 0 corresponds to end of file; the following line
8091 allows for nicer error messages referring to ``end of file'' instead
8092 of ``$end''. Similarly user friendly named are provided for each
8093 symbol. Note that the tokens names are prefixed by @code{TOKEN_} to
8094 avoid name clashes.
8095
8096 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8097 @example
8098 %token END 0 "end of file"
8099 %token ASSIGN ":="
8100 %token <sval> IDENTIFIER "identifier"
8101 %token <ival> NUMBER "number"
8102 %type <ival> exp
8103 @end example
8104
8105 @noindent
8106 To enable memory deallocation during error recovery, use
8107 @code{%destructor}.
8108
8109 @c FIXME: Document %printer, and mention that it takes a braced-code operand.
8110 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8111 @example
8112 %printer @{ debug_stream () << *$$; @} "identifier"
8113 %destructor @{ delete $$; @} "identifier"
8114
8115 %printer @{ debug_stream () << $$; @} <ival>
8116 @end example
8117
8118 @noindent
8119 The grammar itself is straightforward.
8120
8121 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8122 @example
8123 %%
8124 %start unit;
8125 unit: assignments exp @{ driver.result = $2; @};
8126
8127 assignments: assignments assignment @{@}
8128 | /* Nothing. */ @{@};
8129
8130 assignment:
8131 "identifier" ":=" exp
8132 @{ driver.variables[*$1] = $3; delete $1; @};
8133
8134 %left '+' '-';
8135 %left '*' '/';
8136 exp: exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
8137 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
8138 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
8139 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
8140 | "identifier" @{ $$ = driver.variables[*$1]; delete $1; @}
8141 | "number" @{ $$ = $1; @};
8142 %%
8143 @end example
8144
8145 @noindent
8146 Finally the @code{error} member function registers the errors to the
8147 driver.
8148
8149 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
8150 @example
8151 void
8152 yy::calcxx_parser::error (const yy::calcxx_parser::location_type& l,
8153 const std::string& m)
8154 @{
8155 driver.error (l, m);
8156 @}
8157 @end example
8158
8159 @node Calc++ Scanner
8160 @subsection Calc++ Scanner
8161
8162 The Flex scanner first includes the driver declaration, then the
8163 parser's to get the set of defined tokens.
8164
8165 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
8166 @example
8167 %@{ /* -*- C++ -*- */
8168 # include <cstdlib>
8169 # include <errno.h>
8170 # include <limits.h>
8171 # include <string>
8172 # include "calc++-driver.hh"
8173 # include "calc++-parser.hh"
8174
8175 /* Work around an incompatibility in flex (at least versions
8176 2.5.31 through 2.5.33): it generates code that does
8177 not conform to C89. See Debian bug 333231
8178 <http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=333231>. */
8179 # undef yywrap
8180 # define yywrap() 1
8181
8182 /* By default yylex returns int, we use token_type.
8183 Unfortunately yyterminate by default returns 0, which is
8184 not of token_type. */
8185 #define yyterminate() return token::END
8186 %@}
8187 @end example
8188
8189 @noindent
8190 Because there is no @code{#include}-like feature we don't need
8191 @code{yywrap}, we don't need @code{unput} either, and we parse an
8192 actual file, this is not an interactive session with the user.
8193 Finally we enable the scanner tracing features.
8194
8195 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
8196 @example
8197 %option noyywrap nounput batch debug
8198 @end example
8199
8200 @noindent
8201 Abbreviations allow for more readable rules.
8202
8203 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
8204 @example
8205 id [a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z_0-9]*
8206 int [0-9]+
8207 blank [ \t]
8208 @end example
8209
8210 @noindent
8211 The following paragraph suffices to track locations accurately. Each
8212 time @code{yylex} is invoked, the begin position is moved onto the end
8213 position. Then when a pattern is matched, the end position is
8214 advanced of its width. In case it matched ends of lines, the end
8215 cursor is adjusted, and each time blanks are matched, the begin cursor
8216 is moved onto the end cursor to effectively ignore the blanks
8217 preceding tokens. Comments would be treated equally.
8218
8219 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
8220 @example
8221 %@{
8222 # define YY_USER_ACTION yylloc->columns (yyleng);
8223 %@}
8224 %%
8225 %@{
8226 yylloc->step ();
8227 %@}
8228 @{blank@}+ yylloc->step ();
8229 [\n]+ yylloc->lines (yyleng); yylloc->step ();
8230 @end example
8231
8232 @noindent
8233 The rules are simple, just note the use of the driver to report errors.
8234 It is convenient to use a typedef to shorten
8235 @code{yy::calcxx_parser::token::identifier} into
8236 @code{token::identifier} for instance.
8237
8238 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
8239 @example
8240 %@{
8241 typedef yy::calcxx_parser::token token;
8242 %@}
8243 /* Convert ints to the actual type of tokens. */
8244 [-+*/] return yy::calcxx_parser::token_type (yytext[0]);
8245 ":=" return token::ASSIGN;
8246 @{int@} @{
8247 errno = 0;
8248 long n = strtol (yytext, NULL, 10);
8249 if (! (INT_MIN <= n && n <= INT_MAX && errno != ERANGE))
8250 driver.error (*yylloc, "integer is out of range");
8251 yylval->ival = n;
8252 return token::NUMBER;
8253 @}
8254 @{id@} yylval->sval = new std::string (yytext); return token::IDENTIFIER;
8255 . driver.error (*yylloc, "invalid character");
8256 %%
8257 @end example
8258
8259 @noindent
8260 Finally, because the scanner related driver's member function depend
8261 on the scanner's data, it is simpler to implement them in this file.
8262
8263 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
8264 @example
8265 void
8266 calcxx_driver::scan_begin ()
8267 @{
8268 yy_flex_debug = trace_scanning;
8269 if (file == "-")
8270 yyin = stdin;
8271 else if (!(yyin = fopen (file.c_str (), "r")))
8272 @{
8273 error (std::string ("cannot open ") + file);
8274 exit (1);
8275 @}
8276 @}
8277
8278 void
8279 calcxx_driver::scan_end ()
8280 @{
8281 fclose (yyin);
8282 @}
8283 @end example
8284
8285 @node Calc++ Top Level
8286 @subsection Calc++ Top Level
8287
8288 The top level file, @file{calc++.cc}, poses no problem.
8289
8290 @comment file: calc++.cc
8291 @example
8292 #include <iostream>
8293 #include "calc++-driver.hh"
8294
8295 int
8296 main (int argc, char *argv[])
8297 @{
8298 calcxx_driver driver;
8299 for (++argv; argv[0]; ++argv)
8300 if (*argv == std::string ("-p"))
8301 driver.trace_parsing = true;
8302 else if (*argv == std::string ("-s"))
8303 driver.trace_scanning = true;
8304 else if (!driver.parse (*argv))
8305 std::cout << driver.result << std::endl;
8306 @}
8307 @end example
8308
8309 @c ================================================= FAQ
8310
8311 @node FAQ
8312 @chapter Frequently Asked Questions
8313 @cindex frequently asked questions
8314 @cindex questions
8315
8316 Several questions about Bison come up occasionally. Here some of them
8317 are addressed.
8318
8319 @menu
8320 * Memory Exhausted:: Breaking the Stack Limits
8321 * How Can I Reset the Parser:: @code{yyparse} Keeps some State
8322 * Strings are Destroyed:: @code{yylval} Loses Track of Strings
8323 * Implementing Gotos/Loops:: Control Flow in the Calculator
8324 * Multiple start-symbols:: Factoring closely related grammars
8325 * Secure? Conform?:: Is Bison @acronym{POSIX} safe?
8326 * I can't build Bison:: Troubleshooting
8327 * Where can I find help?:: Troubleshouting
8328 * Bug Reports:: Troublereporting
8329 * Other Languages:: Parsers in Java and others
8330 * Beta Testing:: Experimenting development versions
8331 * Mailing Lists:: Meeting other Bison users
8332 @end menu
8333
8334 @node Memory Exhausted
8335 @section Memory Exhausted
8336
8337 @display
8338 My parser returns with error with a @samp{memory exhausted}
8339 message. What can I do?
8340 @end display
8341
8342 This question is already addressed elsewhere, @xref{Recursion,
8343 ,Recursive Rules}.
8344
8345 @node How Can I Reset the Parser
8346 @section How Can I Reset the Parser
8347
8348 The following phenomenon has several symptoms, resulting in the
8349 following typical questions:
8350
8351 @display
8352 I invoke @code{yyparse} several times, and on correct input it works
8353 properly; but when a parse error is found, all the other calls fail
8354 too. How can I reset the error flag of @code{yyparse}?
8355 @end display
8356
8357 @noindent
8358 or
8359
8360 @display
8361 My parser includes support for an @samp{#include}-like feature, in
8362 which case I run @code{yyparse} from @code{yyparse}. This fails
8363 although I did specify I needed a @code{%pure-parser}.
8364 @end display
8365
8366 These problems typically come not from Bison itself, but from
8367 Lex-generated scanners. Because these scanners use large buffers for
8368 speed, they might not notice a change of input file. As a
8369 demonstration, consider the following source file,
8370 @file{first-line.l}:
8371
8372 @verbatim
8373 %{
8374 #include <stdio.h>
8375 #include <stdlib.h>
8376 %}
8377 %%
8378 .*\n ECHO; return 1;
8379 %%
8380 int
8381 yyparse (char const *file)
8382 {
8383 yyin = fopen (file, "r");
8384 if (!yyin)
8385 exit (2);
8386 /* One token only. */
8387 yylex ();
8388 if (fclose (yyin) != 0)
8389 exit (3);
8390 return 0;
8391 }
8392
8393 int
8394 main (void)
8395 {
8396 yyparse ("input");
8397 yyparse ("input");
8398 return 0;
8399 }
8400 @end verbatim
8401
8402 @noindent
8403 If the file @file{input} contains
8404
8405 @verbatim
8406 input:1: Hello,
8407 input:2: World!
8408 @end verbatim
8409
8410 @noindent
8411 then instead of getting the first line twice, you get:
8412
8413 @example
8414 $ @kbd{flex -ofirst-line.c first-line.l}
8415 $ @kbd{gcc -ofirst-line first-line.c -ll}
8416 $ @kbd{./first-line}
8417 input:1: Hello,
8418 input:2: World!
8419 @end example
8420
8421 Therefore, whenever you change @code{yyin}, you must tell the
8422 Lex-generated scanner to discard its current buffer and switch to the
8423 new one. This depends upon your implementation of Lex; see its
8424 documentation for more. For Flex, it suffices to call
8425 @samp{YY_FLUSH_BUFFER} after each change to @code{yyin}. If your
8426 Flex-generated scanner needs to read from several input streams to
8427 handle features like include files, you might consider using Flex
8428 functions like @samp{yy_switch_to_buffer} that manipulate multiple
8429 input buffers.
8430
8431 If your Flex-generated scanner uses start conditions (@pxref{Start
8432 conditions, , Start conditions, flex, The Flex Manual}), you might
8433 also want to reset the scanner's state, i.e., go back to the initial
8434 start condition, through a call to @samp{BEGIN (0)}.
8435
8436 @node Strings are Destroyed
8437 @section Strings are Destroyed
8438
8439 @display
8440 My parser seems to destroy old strings, or maybe it loses track of
8441 them. Instead of reporting @samp{"foo", "bar"}, it reports
8442 @samp{"bar", "bar"}, or even @samp{"foo\nbar", "bar"}.
8443 @end display
8444
8445 This error is probably the single most frequent ``bug report'' sent to
8446 Bison lists, but is only concerned with a misunderstanding of the role
8447 of the scanner. Consider the following Lex code:
8448
8449 @verbatim
8450 %{
8451 #include <stdio.h>
8452 char *yylval = NULL;
8453 %}
8454 %%
8455 .* yylval = yytext; return 1;
8456 \n /* IGNORE */
8457 %%
8458 int
8459 main ()
8460 {
8461 /* Similar to using $1, $2 in a Bison action. */
8462 char *fst = (yylex (), yylval);
8463 char *snd = (yylex (), yylval);
8464 printf ("\"%s\", \"%s\"\n", fst, snd);
8465 return 0;
8466 }
8467 @end verbatim
8468
8469 If you compile and run this code, you get:
8470
8471 @example
8472 $ @kbd{flex -osplit-lines.c split-lines.l}
8473 $ @kbd{gcc -osplit-lines split-lines.c -ll}
8474 $ @kbd{printf 'one\ntwo\n' | ./split-lines}
8475 "one
8476 two", "two"
8477 @end example
8478
8479 @noindent
8480 this is because @code{yytext} is a buffer provided for @emph{reading}
8481 in the action, but if you want to keep it, you have to duplicate it
8482 (e.g., using @code{strdup}). Note that the output may depend on how
8483 your implementation of Lex handles @code{yytext}. For instance, when
8484 given the Lex compatibility option @option{-l} (which triggers the
8485 option @samp{%array}) Flex generates a different behavior:
8486
8487 @example
8488 $ @kbd{flex -l -osplit-lines.c split-lines.l}
8489 $ @kbd{gcc -osplit-lines split-lines.c -ll}
8490 $ @kbd{printf 'one\ntwo\n' | ./split-lines}
8491 "two", "two"
8492 @end example
8493
8494
8495 @node Implementing Gotos/Loops
8496 @section Implementing Gotos/Loops
8497
8498 @display
8499 My simple calculator supports variables, assignments, and functions,
8500 but how can I implement gotos, or loops?
8501 @end display
8502
8503 Although very pedagogical, the examples included in the document blur
8504 the distinction to make between the parser---whose job is to recover
8505 the structure of a text and to transmit it to subsequent modules of
8506 the program---and the processing (such as the execution) of this
8507 structure. This works well with so called straight line programs,
8508 i.e., precisely those that have a straightforward execution model:
8509 execute simple instructions one after the others.
8510
8511 @cindex abstract syntax tree
8512 @cindex @acronym{AST}
8513 If you want a richer model, you will probably need to use the parser
8514 to construct a tree that does represent the structure it has
8515 recovered; this tree is usually called the @dfn{abstract syntax tree},
8516 or @dfn{@acronym{AST}} for short. Then, walking through this tree,
8517 traversing it in various ways, will enable treatments such as its
8518 execution or its translation, which will result in an interpreter or a
8519 compiler.
8520
8521 This topic is way beyond the scope of this manual, and the reader is
8522 invited to consult the dedicated literature.
8523
8524
8525 @node Multiple start-symbols
8526 @section Multiple start-symbols
8527
8528 @display
8529 I have several closely related grammars, and I would like to share their
8530 implementations. In fact, I could use a single grammar but with
8531 multiple entry points.
8532 @end display
8533
8534 Bison does not support multiple start-symbols, but there is a very
8535 simple means to simulate them. If @code{foo} and @code{bar} are the two
8536 pseudo start-symbols, then introduce two new tokens, say
8537 @code{START_FOO} and @code{START_BAR}, and use them as switches from the
8538 real start-symbol:
8539
8540 @example
8541 %token START_FOO START_BAR;
8542 %start start;
8543 start: START_FOO foo
8544 | START_BAR bar;
8545 @end example
8546
8547 These tokens prevents the introduction of new conflicts. As far as the
8548 parser goes, that is all that is needed.
8549
8550 Now the difficult part is ensuring that the scanner will send these
8551 tokens first. If your scanner is hand-written, that should be
8552 straightforward. If your scanner is generated by Lex, them there is
8553 simple means to do it: recall that anything between @samp{%@{ ... %@}}
8554 after the first @code{%%} is copied verbatim in the top of the generated
8555 @code{yylex} function. Make sure a variable @code{start_token} is
8556 available in the scanner (e.g., a global variable or using
8557 @code{%lex-param} etc.), and use the following:
8558
8559 @example
8560 /* @r{Prologue.} */
8561 %%
8562 %@{
8563 if (start_token)
8564 @{
8565 int t = start_token;
8566 start_token = 0;
8567 return t;
8568 @}
8569 %@}
8570 /* @r{The rules.} */
8571 @end example
8572
8573
8574 @node Secure? Conform?
8575 @section Secure? Conform?
8576
8577 @display
8578 Is Bison secure? Does it conform to POSIX?
8579 @end display
8580
8581 If you're looking for a guarantee or certification, we don't provide it.
8582 However, Bison is intended to be a reliable program that conforms to the
8583 @acronym{POSIX} specification for Yacc. If you run into problems,
8584 please send us a bug report.
8585
8586 @node I can't build Bison
8587 @section I can't build Bison
8588
8589 @display
8590 I can't build Bison because @command{make} complains that
8591 @code{msgfmt} is not found.
8592 What should I do?
8593 @end display
8594
8595 Like most GNU packages with internationalization support, that feature
8596 is turned on by default. If you have problems building in the @file{po}
8597 subdirectory, it indicates that your system's internationalization
8598 support is lacking. You can re-configure Bison with
8599 @option{--disable-nls} to turn off this support, or you can install GNU
8600 gettext from @url{ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gettext/} and re-configure
8601 Bison. See the file @file{ABOUT-NLS} for more information.
8602
8603
8604 @node Where can I find help?
8605 @section Where can I find help?
8606
8607 @display
8608 I'm having trouble using Bison. Where can I find help?
8609 @end display
8610
8611 First, read this fine manual. Beyond that, you can send mail to
8612 @email{help-bison@@gnu.org}. This mailing list is intended to be
8613 populated with people who are willing to answer questions about using
8614 and installing Bison. Please keep in mind that (most of) the people on
8615 the list have aspects of their lives which are not related to Bison (!),
8616 so you may not receive an answer to your question right away. This can
8617 be frustrating, but please try not to honk them off; remember that any
8618 help they provide is purely voluntary and out of the kindness of their
8619 hearts.
8620
8621 @node Bug Reports
8622 @section Bug Reports
8623
8624 @display
8625 I found a bug. What should I include in the bug report?
8626 @end display
8627
8628 Before you send a bug report, make sure you are using the latest
8629 version. Check @url{ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/bison/} or one of its
8630 mirrors. Be sure to include the version number in your bug report. If
8631 the bug is present in the latest version but not in a previous version,
8632 try to determine the most recent version which did not contain the bug.
8633
8634 If the bug is parser-related, you should include the smallest grammar
8635 you can which demonstrates the bug. The grammar file should also be
8636 complete (i.e., I should be able to run it through Bison without having
8637 to edit or add anything). The smaller and simpler the grammar, the
8638 easier it will be to fix the bug.
8639
8640 Include information about your compilation environment, including your
8641 operating system's name and version and your compiler's name and
8642 version. If you have trouble compiling, you should also include a
8643 transcript of the build session, starting with the invocation of
8644 `configure'. Depending on the nature of the bug, you may be asked to
8645 send additional files as well (such as `config.h' or `config.cache').
8646
8647 Patches are most welcome, but not required. That is, do not hesitate to
8648 send a bug report just because you can not provide a fix.
8649
8650 Send bug reports to @email{bug-bison@@gnu.org}.
8651
8652 @node Other Languages
8653 @section Other Languages
8654
8655 @display
8656 Will Bison ever have C++ support? How about Java or @var{insert your
8657 favorite language here}?
8658 @end display
8659
8660 C++ support is there now, and is documented. We'd love to add other
8661 languages; contributions are welcome.
8662
8663 @node Beta Testing
8664 @section Beta Testing
8665
8666 @display
8667 What is involved in being a beta tester?
8668 @end display
8669
8670 It's not terribly involved. Basically, you would download a test
8671 release, compile it, and use it to build and run a parser or two. After
8672 that, you would submit either a bug report or a message saying that
8673 everything is okay. It is important to report successes as well as
8674 failures because test releases eventually become mainstream releases,
8675 but only if they are adequately tested. If no one tests, development is
8676 essentially halted.
8677
8678 Beta testers are particularly needed for operating systems to which the
8679 developers do not have easy access. They currently have easy access to
8680 recent GNU/Linux and Solaris versions. Reports about other operating
8681 systems are especially welcome.
8682
8683 @node Mailing Lists
8684 @section Mailing Lists
8685
8686 @display
8687 How do I join the help-bison and bug-bison mailing lists?
8688 @end display
8689
8690 See @url{http://lists.gnu.org/}.
8691
8692 @c ================================================= Table of Symbols
8693
8694 @node Table of Symbols
8695 @appendix Bison Symbols
8696 @cindex Bison symbols, table of
8697 @cindex symbols in Bison, table of
8698
8699 @deffn {Variable} @@$
8700 In an action, the location of the left-hand side of the rule.
8701 @xref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.
8702 @end deffn
8703
8704 @deffn {Variable} @@@var{n}
8705 In an action, the location of the @var{n}-th symbol of the right-hand
8706 side of the rule. @xref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.
8707 @end deffn
8708
8709 @deffn {Variable} $$
8710 In an action, the semantic value of the left-hand side of the rule.
8711 @xref{Actions}.
8712 @end deffn
8713
8714 @deffn {Variable} $@var{n}
8715 In an action, the semantic value of the @var{n}-th symbol of the
8716 right-hand side of the rule. @xref{Actions}.
8717 @end deffn
8718
8719 @deffn {Delimiter} %%
8720 Delimiter used to separate the grammar rule section from the
8721 Bison declarations section or the epilogue.
8722 @xref{Grammar Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}.
8723 @end deffn
8724
8725 @c Don't insert spaces, or check the DVI output.
8726 @deffn {Delimiter} %@{@var{code}%@}
8727 All code listed between @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} is copied directly to
8728 the output file uninterpreted. Such code forms the prologue of the input
8729 file. @xref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison
8730 Grammar}.
8731 @end deffn
8732
8733 @deffn {Construct} /*@dots{}*/
8734 Comment delimiters, as in C.
8735 @end deffn
8736
8737 @deffn {Delimiter} :
8738 Separates a rule's result from its components. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of
8739 Grammar Rules}.
8740 @end deffn
8741
8742 @deffn {Delimiter} ;
8743 Terminates a rule. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
8744 @end deffn
8745
8746 @deffn {Delimiter} |
8747 Separates alternate rules for the same result nonterminal.
8748 @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
8749 @end deffn
8750
8751 @deffn {Directive} <*>
8752 Used to define a default tagged @code{%destructor} or default tagged
8753 @code{%printer}.
8754
8755 This feature is experimental.
8756 More user feedback will help to determine whether it should become a permanent
8757 feature.
8758
8759 @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
8760 @end deffn
8761
8762 @deffn {Directive} <>
8763 Used to define a default tagless @code{%destructor} or default tagless
8764 @code{%printer}.
8765
8766 This feature is experimental.
8767 More user feedback will help to determine whether it should become a permanent
8768 feature.
8769
8770 @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
8771 @end deffn
8772
8773 @deffn {Symbol} $accept
8774 The predefined nonterminal whose only rule is @samp{$accept: @var{start}
8775 $end}, where @var{start} is the start symbol. @xref{Start Decl, , The
8776 Start-Symbol}. It cannot be used in the grammar.
8777 @end deffn
8778
8779 @deffn {Directive} %code @{@var{code}@}
8780 @deffnx {Directive} %code @var{qualifier} @{@var{code}@}
8781 Insert @var{code} verbatim into output parser source.
8782 @xref{Decl Summary,,%code}.
8783 @end deffn
8784
8785 @deffn {Directive} %debug
8786 Equip the parser for debugging. @xref{Decl Summary}.
8787 @end deffn
8788
8789 @deffn {Directive} %debug
8790 Equip the parser for debugging. @xref{Decl Summary}.
8791 @end deffn
8792
8793 @ifset defaultprec
8794 @deffn {Directive} %default-prec
8795 Assign a precedence to rules that lack an explicit @samp{%prec}
8796 modifier. @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
8797 Precedence}.
8798 @end deffn
8799 @end ifset
8800
8801 @deffn {Directive} %define @var{define-variable}
8802 @deffnx {Directive} %define @var{define-variable} @var{value}
8803 Define a variable to adjust Bison's behavior.
8804 @xref{Decl Summary,,%define}.
8805 @end deffn
8806
8807 @deffn {Directive} %defines
8808 Bison declaration to create a header file meant for the scanner.
8809 @xref{Decl Summary}.
8810 @end deffn
8811
8812 @deffn {Directive} %defines @var{defines-file}
8813 Same as above, but save in the file @var{defines-file}.
8814 @xref{Decl Summary}.
8815 @end deffn
8816
8817 @deffn {Directive} %destructor
8818 Specify how the parser should reclaim the memory associated to
8819 discarded symbols. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
8820 @end deffn
8821
8822 @deffn {Directive} %dprec
8823 Bison declaration to assign a precedence to a rule that is used at parse
8824 time to resolve reduce/reduce conflicts. @xref{GLR Parsers, ,Writing
8825 @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
8826 @end deffn
8827
8828 @deffn {Symbol} $end
8829 The predefined token marking the end of the token stream. It cannot be
8830 used in the grammar.
8831 @end deffn
8832
8833 @deffn {Symbol} error
8834 A token name reserved for error recovery. This token may be used in
8835 grammar rules so as to allow the Bison parser to recognize an error in
8836 the grammar without halting the process. In effect, a sentence
8837 containing an error may be recognized as valid. On a syntax error, the
8838 token @code{error} becomes the current lookahead token. Actions
8839 corresponding to @code{error} are then executed, and the lookahead
8840 token is reset to the token that originally caused the violation.
8841 @xref{Error Recovery}.
8842 @end deffn
8843
8844 @deffn {Directive} %error-verbose
8845 Bison declaration to request verbose, specific error message strings
8846 when @code{yyerror} is called.
8847 @end deffn
8848
8849 @deffn {Directive} %file-prefix "@var{prefix}"
8850 Bison declaration to set the prefix of the output files. @xref{Decl
8851 Summary}.
8852 @end deffn
8853
8854 @deffn {Directive} %glr-parser
8855 Bison declaration to produce a @acronym{GLR} parser. @xref{GLR
8856 Parsers, ,Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
8857 @end deffn
8858
8859 @deffn {Directive} %initial-action
8860 Run user code before parsing. @xref{Initial Action Decl, , Performing Actions before Parsing}.
8861 @end deffn
8862
8863 @deffn {Directive} %language
8864 Specify the programming language for the generated parser.
8865 @xref{Decl Summary}.
8866 @end deffn
8867
8868 @deffn {Directive} %left
8869 Bison declaration to assign left associativity to token(s).
8870 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
8871 @end deffn
8872
8873 @deffn {Directive} %lex-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
8874 Bison declaration to specifying an additional parameter that
8875 @code{yylex} should accept. @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling Conventions
8876 for Pure Parsers}.
8877 @end deffn
8878
8879 @deffn {Directive} %merge
8880 Bison declaration to assign a merging function to a rule. If there is a
8881 reduce/reduce conflict with a rule having the same merging function, the
8882 function is applied to the two semantic values to get a single result.
8883 @xref{GLR Parsers, ,Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
8884 @end deffn
8885
8886 @deffn {Directive} %name-prefix "@var{prefix}"
8887 Bison declaration to rename the external symbols. @xref{Decl Summary}.
8888 @end deffn
8889
8890 @ifset defaultprec
8891 @deffn {Directive} %no-default-prec
8892 Do not assign a precedence to rules that lack an explicit @samp{%prec}
8893 modifier. @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
8894 Precedence}.
8895 @end deffn
8896 @end ifset
8897
8898 @deffn {Directive} %no-lines
8899 Bison declaration to avoid generating @code{#line} directives in the
8900 parser file. @xref{Decl Summary}.
8901 @end deffn
8902
8903 @deffn {Directive} %nonassoc
8904 Bison declaration to assign nonassociativity to token(s).
8905 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
8906 @end deffn
8907
8908 @deffn {Directive} %output "@var{file}"
8909 Bison declaration to set the name of the parser file. @xref{Decl
8910 Summary}.
8911 @end deffn
8912
8913 @deffn {Directive} %parse-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
8914 Bison declaration to specifying an additional parameter that
8915 @code{yyparse} should accept. @xref{Parser Function,, The Parser
8916 Function @code{yyparse}}.
8917 @end deffn
8918
8919 @deffn {Directive} %prec
8920 Bison declaration to assign a precedence to a specific rule.
8921 @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.
8922 @end deffn
8923
8924 @deffn {Directive} %pure-parser
8925 Bison declaration to request a pure (reentrant) parser.
8926 @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}.
8927 @end deffn
8928
8929 @deffn {Directive} %require "@var{version}"
8930 Require version @var{version} or higher of Bison. @xref{Require Decl, ,
8931 Require a Version of Bison}.
8932 @end deffn
8933
8934 @deffn {Directive} %right
8935 Bison declaration to assign right associativity to token(s).
8936 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
8937 @end deffn
8938
8939 @deffn {Directive} %skeleton
8940 Specify the skeleton to use; usually for development.
8941 @xref{Decl Summary}.
8942 @end deffn
8943
8944 @deffn {Directive} %start
8945 Bison declaration to specify the start symbol. @xref{Start Decl, ,The
8946 Start-Symbol}.
8947 @end deffn
8948
8949 @deffn {Directive} %token
8950 Bison declaration to declare token(s) without specifying precedence.
8951 @xref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}.
8952 @end deffn
8953
8954 @deffn {Directive} %token-table
8955 Bison declaration to include a token name table in the parser file.
8956 @xref{Decl Summary}.
8957 @end deffn
8958
8959 @deffn {Directive} %type
8960 Bison declaration to declare nonterminals. @xref{Type Decl,
8961 ,Nonterminal Symbols}.
8962 @end deffn
8963
8964 @deffn {Symbol} $undefined
8965 The predefined token onto which all undefined values returned by
8966 @code{yylex} are mapped. It cannot be used in the grammar, rather, use
8967 @code{error}.
8968 @end deffn
8969
8970 @deffn {Directive} %union
8971 Bison declaration to specify several possible data types for semantic
8972 values. @xref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}.
8973 @end deffn
8974
8975 @deffn {Macro} YYABORT
8976 Macro to pretend that an unrecoverable syntax error has occurred, by
8977 making @code{yyparse} return 1 immediately. The error reporting
8978 function @code{yyerror} is not called. @xref{Parser Function, ,The
8979 Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
8980 @end deffn
8981
8982 @deffn {Macro} YYACCEPT
8983 Macro to pretend that a complete utterance of the language has been
8984 read, by making @code{yyparse} return 0 immediately.
8985 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
8986 @end deffn
8987
8988 @deffn {Macro} YYBACKUP
8989 Macro to discard a value from the parser stack and fake a lookahead
8990 token. @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
8991 @end deffn
8992
8993 @deffn {Variable} yychar
8994 External integer variable that contains the integer value of the
8995 lookahead token. (In a pure parser, it is a local variable within
8996 @code{yyparse}.) Error-recovery rule actions may examine this variable.
8997 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
8998 @end deffn
8999
9000 @deffn {Variable} yyclearin
9001 Macro used in error-recovery rule actions. It clears the previous
9002 lookahead token. @xref{Error Recovery}.
9003 @end deffn
9004
9005 @deffn {Macro} YYDEBUG
9006 Macro to define to equip the parser with tracing code. @xref{Tracing,
9007 ,Tracing Your Parser}.
9008 @end deffn
9009
9010 @deffn {Variable} yydebug
9011 External integer variable set to zero by default. If @code{yydebug}
9012 is given a nonzero value, the parser will output information on input
9013 symbols and parser action. @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
9014 @end deffn
9015
9016 @deffn {Macro} yyerrok
9017 Macro to cause parser to recover immediately to its normal mode
9018 after a syntax error. @xref{Error Recovery}.
9019 @end deffn
9020
9021 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR
9022 Macro to pretend that a syntax error has just been detected: call
9023 @code{yyerror} and then perform normal error recovery if possible
9024 (@pxref{Error Recovery}), or (if recovery is impossible) make
9025 @code{yyparse} return 1. @xref{Error Recovery}.
9026 @end deffn
9027
9028 @deffn {Function} yyerror
9029 User-supplied function to be called by @code{yyparse} on error.
9030 @xref{Error Reporting, ,The Error
9031 Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}.
9032 @end deffn
9033
9034 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR_VERBOSE
9035 An obsolete macro that you define with @code{#define} in the prologue
9036 to request verbose, specific error message strings
9037 when @code{yyerror} is called. It doesn't matter what definition you
9038 use for @code{YYERROR_VERBOSE}, just whether you define it. Using
9039 @code{%error-verbose} is preferred.
9040 @end deffn
9041
9042 @deffn {Macro} YYINITDEPTH
9043 Macro for specifying the initial size of the parser stack.
9044 @xref{Memory Management}.
9045 @end deffn
9046
9047 @deffn {Function} yylex
9048 User-supplied lexical analyzer function, called with no arguments to get
9049 the next token. @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function
9050 @code{yylex}}.
9051 @end deffn
9052
9053 @deffn {Macro} YYLEX_PARAM
9054 An obsolete macro for specifying an extra argument (or list of extra
9055 arguments) for @code{yyparse} to pass to @code{yylex}. The use of this
9056 macro is deprecated, and is supported only for Yacc like parsers.
9057 @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling Conventions for Pure Parsers}.
9058 @end deffn
9059
9060 @deffn {Variable} yylloc
9061 External variable in which @code{yylex} should place the line and column
9062 numbers associated with a token. (In a pure parser, it is a local
9063 variable within @code{yyparse}, and its address is passed to
9064 @code{yylex}.)
9065 You can ignore this variable if you don't use the @samp{@@} feature in the
9066 grammar actions.
9067 @xref{Token Locations, ,Textual Locations of Tokens}.
9068 In semantic actions, it stores the location of the lookahead token.
9069 @xref{Actions and Locations, ,Actions and Locations}.
9070 @end deffn
9071
9072 @deffn {Type} YYLTYPE
9073 Data type of @code{yylloc}; by default, a structure with four
9074 members. @xref{Location Type, , Data Types of Locations}.
9075 @end deffn
9076
9077 @deffn {Variable} yylval
9078 External variable in which @code{yylex} should place the semantic
9079 value associated with a token. (In a pure parser, it is a local
9080 variable within @code{yyparse}, and its address is passed to
9081 @code{yylex}.)
9082 @xref{Token Values, ,Semantic Values of Tokens}.
9083 In semantic actions, it stores the semantic value of the lookahead token.
9084 @xref{Actions, ,Actions}.
9085 @end deffn
9086
9087 @deffn {Macro} YYMAXDEPTH
9088 Macro for specifying the maximum size of the parser stack. @xref{Memory
9089 Management}.
9090 @end deffn
9091
9092 @deffn {Variable} yynerrs
9093 Global variable which Bison increments each time it reports a syntax error.
9094 (In a pure parser, it is a local variable within @code{yyparse}.)
9095 @xref{Error Reporting, ,The Error Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}.
9096 @end deffn
9097
9098 @deffn {Function} yyparse
9099 The parser function produced by Bison; call this function to start
9100 parsing. @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
9101 @end deffn
9102
9103 @deffn {Macro} YYPARSE_PARAM
9104 An obsolete macro for specifying the name of a parameter that
9105 @code{yyparse} should accept. The use of this macro is deprecated, and
9106 is supported only for Yacc like parsers. @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling
9107 Conventions for Pure Parsers}.
9108 @end deffn
9109
9110 @deffn {Macro} YYRECOVERING
9111 The expression @code{YYRECOVERING ()} yields 1 when the parser
9112 is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 otherwise.
9113 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
9114 @end deffn
9115
9116 @deffn {Macro} YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
9117 Macro used to control the use of @code{alloca} when the C
9118 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser needs to extend its stacks. If defined to 0,
9119 the parser will use @code{malloc} to extend its stacks. If defined to
9120 1, the parser will use @code{alloca}. Values other than 0 and 1 are
9121 reserved for future Bison extensions. If not defined,
9122 @code{YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA} defaults to 0.
9123
9124 In the all-too-common case where your code may run on a host with a
9125 limited stack and with unreliable stack-overflow checking, you should
9126 set @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to a value that cannot possibly result in
9127 unchecked stack overflow on any of your target hosts when
9128 @code{alloca} is called. You can inspect the code that Bison
9129 generates in order to determine the proper numeric values. This will
9130 require some expertise in low-level implementation details.
9131 @end deffn
9132
9133 @deffn {Type} YYSTYPE
9134 Data type of semantic values; @code{int} by default.
9135 @xref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}.
9136 @end deffn
9137
9138 @node Glossary
9139 @appendix Glossary
9140 @cindex glossary
9141
9142 @table @asis
9143 @item Backus-Naur Form (@acronym{BNF}; also called ``Backus Normal Form'')
9144 Formal method of specifying context-free grammars originally proposed
9145 by John Backus, and slightly improved by Peter Naur in his 1960-01-02
9146 committee document contributing to what became the Algol 60 report.
9147 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
9148
9149 @item Context-free grammars
9150 Grammars specified as rules that can be applied regardless of context.
9151 Thus, if there is a rule which says that an integer can be used as an
9152 expression, integers are allowed @emph{anywhere} an expression is
9153 permitted. @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free
9154 Grammars}.
9155
9156 @item Dynamic allocation
9157 Allocation of memory that occurs during execution, rather than at
9158 compile time or on entry to a function.
9159
9160 @item Empty string
9161 Analogous to the empty set in set theory, the empty string is a
9162 character string of length zero.
9163
9164 @item Finite-state stack machine
9165 A ``machine'' that has discrete states in which it is said to exist at
9166 each instant in time. As input to the machine is processed, the
9167 machine moves from state to state as specified by the logic of the
9168 machine. In the case of the parser, the input is the language being
9169 parsed, and the states correspond to various stages in the grammar
9170 rules. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
9171
9172 @item Generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR})
9173 A parsing algorithm that can handle all context-free grammars, including those
9174 that are not @acronym{LALR}(1). It resolves situations that Bison's
9175 usual @acronym{LALR}(1)
9176 algorithm cannot by effectively splitting off multiple parsers, trying all
9177 possible parsers, and discarding those that fail in the light of additional
9178 right context. @xref{Generalized LR Parsing, ,Generalized
9179 @acronym{LR} Parsing}.
9180
9181 @item Grouping
9182 A language construct that is (in general) grammatically divisible;
9183 for example, `expression' or `declaration' in C@.
9184 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
9185
9186 @item Infix operator
9187 An arithmetic operator that is placed between the operands on which it
9188 performs some operation.
9189
9190 @item Input stream
9191 A continuous flow of data between devices or programs.
9192
9193 @item Language construct
9194 One of the typical usage schemas of the language. For example, one of
9195 the constructs of the C language is the @code{if} statement.
9196 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
9197
9198 @item Left associativity
9199 Operators having left associativity are analyzed from left to right:
9200 @samp{a+b+c} first computes @samp{a+b} and then combines with
9201 @samp{c}. @xref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}.
9202
9203 @item Left recursion
9204 A rule whose result symbol is also its first component symbol; for
9205 example, @samp{expseq1 : expseq1 ',' exp;}. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive
9206 Rules}.
9207
9208 @item Left-to-right parsing
9209 Parsing a sentence of a language by analyzing it token by token from
9210 left to right. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
9211
9212 @item Lexical analyzer (scanner)
9213 A function that reads an input stream and returns tokens one by one.
9214 @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
9215
9216 @item Lexical tie-in
9217 A flag, set by actions in the grammar rules, which alters the way
9218 tokens are parsed. @xref{Lexical Tie-ins}.
9219
9220 @item Literal string token
9221 A token which consists of two or more fixed characters. @xref{Symbols}.
9222
9223 @item Lookahead token
9224 A token already read but not yet shifted. @xref{Lookahead, ,Lookahead
9225 Tokens}.
9226
9227 @item @acronym{LALR}(1)
9228 The class of context-free grammars that Bison (like most other parser
9229 generators) can handle; a subset of @acronym{LR}(1). @xref{Mystery
9230 Conflicts, ,Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts}.
9231
9232 @item @acronym{LR}(1)
9233 The class of context-free grammars in which at most one token of
9234 lookahead is needed to disambiguate the parsing of any piece of input.
9235
9236 @item Nonterminal symbol
9237 A grammar symbol standing for a grammatical construct that can
9238 be expressed through rules in terms of smaller constructs; in other
9239 words, a construct that is not a token. @xref{Symbols}.
9240
9241 @item Parser
9242 A function that recognizes valid sentences of a language by analyzing
9243 the syntax structure of a set of tokens passed to it from a lexical
9244 analyzer.
9245
9246 @item Postfix operator
9247 An arithmetic operator that is placed after the operands upon which it
9248 performs some operation.
9249
9250 @item Reduction
9251 Replacing a string of nonterminals and/or terminals with a single
9252 nonterminal, according to a grammar rule. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison
9253 Parser Algorithm}.
9254
9255 @item Reentrant
9256 A reentrant subprogram is a subprogram which can be in invoked any
9257 number of times in parallel, without interference between the various
9258 invocations. @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}.
9259
9260 @item Reverse polish notation
9261 A language in which all operators are postfix operators.
9262
9263 @item Right recursion
9264 A rule whose result symbol is also its last component symbol; for
9265 example, @samp{expseq1: exp ',' expseq1;}. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive
9266 Rules}.
9267
9268 @item Semantics
9269 In computer languages, the semantics are specified by the actions
9270 taken for each instance of the language, i.e., the meaning of
9271 each statement. @xref{Semantics, ,Defining Language Semantics}.
9272
9273 @item Shift
9274 A parser is said to shift when it makes the choice of analyzing
9275 further input from the stream rather than reducing immediately some
9276 already-recognized rule. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
9277
9278 @item Single-character literal
9279 A single character that is recognized and interpreted as is.
9280 @xref{Grammar in Bison, ,From Formal Rules to Bison Input}.
9281
9282 @item Start symbol
9283 The nonterminal symbol that stands for a complete valid utterance in
9284 the language being parsed. The start symbol is usually listed as the
9285 first nonterminal symbol in a language specification.
9286 @xref{Start Decl, ,The Start-Symbol}.
9287
9288 @item Symbol table
9289 A data structure where symbol names and associated data are stored
9290 during parsing to allow for recognition and use of existing
9291 information in repeated uses of a symbol. @xref{Multi-function Calc}.
9292
9293 @item Syntax error
9294 An error encountered during parsing of an input stream due to invalid
9295 syntax. @xref{Error Recovery}.
9296
9297 @item Token
9298 A basic, grammatically indivisible unit of a language. The symbol
9299 that describes a token in the grammar is a terminal symbol.
9300 The input of the Bison parser is a stream of tokens which comes from
9301 the lexical analyzer. @xref{Symbols}.
9302
9303 @item Terminal symbol
9304 A grammar symbol that has no rules in the grammar and therefore is
9305 grammatically indivisible. The piece of text it represents is a token.
9306 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
9307 @end table
9308
9309 @node Copying This Manual
9310 @appendix Copying This Manual
9311
9312 @menu
9313 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
9314 @end menu
9315
9316 @include fdl.texi
9317
9318 @node Index
9319 @unnumbered Index
9320
9321 @printindex cp
9322
9323 @bye
9324
9325 @c LocalWords: texinfo setfilename settitle setchapternewpage finalout
9326 @c LocalWords: ifinfo smallbook shorttitlepage titlepage GPL FIXME iftex
9327 @c LocalWords: akim fn cp syncodeindex vr tp synindex dircategory direntry
9328 @c LocalWords: ifset vskip pt filll insertcopying sp ISBN Etienne Suvasa
9329 @c LocalWords: ifnottex yyparse detailmenu GLR RPN Calc var Decls Rpcalc
9330 @c LocalWords: rpcalc Lexer Gen Comp Expr ltcalc mfcalc Decl Symtab yylex
9331 @c LocalWords: yyerror pxref LR yylval cindex dfn LALR samp gpl BNF xref
9332 @c LocalWords: const int paren ifnotinfo AC noindent emph expr stmt findex
9333 @c LocalWords: glr YYSTYPE TYPENAME prog dprec printf decl init stmtMerge
9334 @c LocalWords: pre STDC GNUC endif yy YY alloca lf stddef stdlib YYDEBUG
9335 @c LocalWords: NUM exp subsubsection kbd Ctrl ctype EOF getchar isdigit
9336 @c LocalWords: ungetc stdin scanf sc calc ulator ls lm cc NEG prec yyerrok
9337 @c LocalWords: longjmp fprintf stderr yylloc YYLTYPE cos ln
9338 @c LocalWords: smallexample symrec val tptr FNCT fnctptr func struct sym
9339 @c LocalWords: fnct putsym getsym fname arith fncts atan ptr malloc sizeof
9340 @c LocalWords: strlen strcpy fctn strcmp isalpha symbuf realloc isalnum
9341 @c LocalWords: ptypes itype YYPRINT trigraphs yytname expseq vindex dtype
9342 @c LocalWords: Rhs YYRHSLOC LE nonassoc op deffn typeless yynerrs
9343 @c LocalWords: yychar yydebug msg YYNTOKENS YYNNTS YYNRULES YYNSTATES
9344 @c LocalWords: cparse clex deftypefun NE defmac YYACCEPT YYABORT param
9345 @c LocalWords: strncmp intval tindex lvalp locp llocp typealt YYBACKUP
9346 @c LocalWords: YYEMPTY YYEOF YYRECOVERING yyclearin GE def UMINUS maybeword
9347 @c LocalWords: Johnstone Shamsa Sadaf Hussain Tomita TR uref YYMAXDEPTH
9348 @c LocalWords: YYINITDEPTH stmnts ref stmnt initdcl maybeasm notype
9349 @c LocalWords: hexflag STR exdent itemset asis DYYDEBUG YYFPRINTF args
9350 @c LocalWords: infile ypp yxx outfile itemx tex leaderfill
9351 @c LocalWords: hbox hss hfill tt ly yyin fopen fclose ofirst gcc ll
9352 @c LocalWords: nbar yytext fst snd osplit ntwo strdup AST
9353 @c LocalWords: YYSTACK DVI fdl printindex